WO2022194144A1 - Positioning method, terminal, and network side device - Google Patents

Positioning method, terminal, and network side device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022194144A1
WO2022194144A1 PCT/CN2022/080913 CN2022080913W WO2022194144A1 WO 2022194144 A1 WO2022194144 A1 WO 2022194144A1 CN 2022080913 W CN2022080913 W CN 2022080913W WO 2022194144 A1 WO2022194144 A1 WO 2022194144A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
information
positioning reference
positioning
adjacent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/080913
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
庄子荀
王园园
司晔
邬华明
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2022194144A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022194144A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/025—Services making use of location information using location based information parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00—Communication routing or communication path finding

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the field of wireless communication technologies, and specifically relates to a positioning method, a terminal and a network side device.
  • the user equipment In the downlink angle positioning method, the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) measures the reference signal received power (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP) based on the Positioning Reference Signal (Positioning Reference Signals, PRS), and reports the measurement results of up to 8 RSRPs to the Location Management Function (LMF), LMF can perform positioning.
  • UE User Equipment
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • PRS Positioning Reference Signals
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • the RSRP of some PRSs may be measured and/or reported to improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the UE does not know which PRS RSRPs are more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, a terminal, and a network-side device, which can solve the problem of how a terminal determines a positioning reference signal that needs to be measured and/or reported to improve positioning accuracy.
  • a positioning method including:
  • the terminal determines the target positioning reference signal
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • a positioning method including:
  • the LMF sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  • a positioning method including:
  • the base station sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • a positioning device comprising:
  • a determination module for determining a target positioning reference signal
  • a processing module configured to determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • a positioning device comprising:
  • a first sending module configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  • a positioning device comprising:
  • a first sending module configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the second sending module is configured to send the first auxiliary information to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  • a terminal in a seventh aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor. The steps of implementing the method as described in the first aspect.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to determine a target positioning reference signal; determine first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • a network side device in a ninth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect when executed.
  • a network-side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • a network-side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • a twelfth aspect provides a readable storage medium, where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method according to the first aspect are implemented, or the The steps of the method according to the second aspect, or the steps of implementing the method according to the third aspect.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a network-side device program or instruction, implementing the first aspect Said method, or implements the method as described in the second aspect, or implements the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a program product, the program product is stored in a non-volatile storage medium, the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method as described in the first aspect, or implement the method as described in the first aspect.
  • the method described in the second aspect, or the method described in the third aspect is implemented.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication device configured to perform the steps of the method of the first aspect, or the steps of the method of the second aspect, or the steps of the method of the third aspect.
  • the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which target positioning reference signal first measurement information is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine For better positioning reference signals, the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals are reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the application can be applied;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method of how to select a beam in a method for downlink AoD measurement
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of a two-dimensional beam pattern of two beams
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for downlink AoD measurement
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam according to another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a target positioning reference signal according to a predefined rule according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a target positioning reference signal according to first request information sent by a network side according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method for dynamically indicating the reporting of the first measurement information of the adjacent or better PRS at the network side according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the description and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first”, “second” distinguishes Usually it is a class, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object may be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the description below, but the techniques are also applicable to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation (6th generation ) Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6th generation 6th generation
  • 6G 6th generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 may also be called a terminal device or user equipment (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet Device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle terminal ( Vehicle User Equipment, VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, headphones, glasses, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, wherein the base station may be referred to as a Node B, an evolved Node B, an access point, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Set (Basic Service Set, BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) ) access point, WiFi node, Transmittion Reception Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary, it should be noted that , in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is used as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited, and the core network device may
  • the downlink AoD measurement is to select the corresponding beam by measuring multiple RSRPs (ie the energy in Figure 2) (whichever beam has a larger measured energy, report which beam (or report PRS identification information (transmit and receive beams) ))).
  • the identification information of the beam is distinguished according to the identification information of the PRS, that is, different beams send different PRS (PRS resource set ID (Resource Set ID) and PRS resource ID (resource ID)). Different PRSs include different angle information (PRS Angle Items).
  • Table 1 is the PRS beam information in the NR system.
  • IE/Group Name is IE/group name
  • NR-PRS Beam Information is NR-PRS beam information
  • maxPRS-ResourceSets is the maximum PRS-resource set
  • INTEGER is an integer
  • the resource set in which the resources are associated with the angle is: the resource set in which the resource is associated with the angle
  • NR PRS Azimuth is the NR PRS azimuth
  • NR PRS Azimuth fine is the NR PRS fine azimuth
  • Fine angles is the fine angle
  • NR PRS Elevation is the NR PRS height
  • Elevation fine is the fine height
  • LCS to GCS Translation is the conversion from Local Coordinate System (LCS) to Global Coordinate System (GCS); Only the single value, 1,shall be used in this version of the specifications: this version Only a single value of 1 is used in the specification.
  • Maximum no of DL-PRS resource sets per TRP.Value is 2 is: the maximum number of DL-PRS resource sets for each TRP. The value is 2.
  • Maximum no of DL-PRS resources of the DL-PRS resource set of the TRP.Value is 64: the maximum number of DL-PRS resources in the DL-PRS resource set of the TRP. The value is 64.
  • the UE can report a total of 8 RSRPs. For UE-based positioning, it depends on the UE implementation.
  • the thin solid line and the thick solid line are the two-dimensional beam patterns of beam 1 and beam 2, respectively, where the abscissa corresponds to the angle of the beam, and the ordinate corresponds to the normalized beam response.
  • the UE receives m PRSs and obtains m RSRPs based on the measurement of the m PRSs. If the UE selects n RSRPs to report from the m RSRPs, an n-dimensional vector [RSP1RSRP2...RSRPn] can be formed based on the n RSRPs.
  • the beam patterns of the transmit beams corresponding to each PRS are known. If the angle granularity is 1, the beam responses of the transmit beams of the PRS corresponding to the n RSRPs can be obtained at 360 angles.
  • the beam response vector is [BeamResponse1BeamResponse1...BeamResponsen], calculate the Euclidean distance for these two vectors (the RSRP vector reported by the UE and the corresponding beam vector), and the angle corresponding to the vector with the smallest Euclidean distance is the AoD angle to be measured.
  • the optimization precision is high.
  • the measured RSRP of the PRS corresponding to the blacked-out beam is the strongest. If it is reported, the AoD optimization precision is high.
  • the UE reports the RSRP of the PRS, it cannot be clearly determined which PRS transmission beams are adjacent or better.
  • the transmitted beam angles of the reported PRSs differ greatly, or the PRSs of adjacent beams are not included, when the LMF uses RSRP to perform AoD optimization, the optimization effect is significantly reduced.
  • the number of RSRPs reported by each transmission and reception point (Transmittion and Reception Point, TRP) of each UE is uncertain, and the maximum can be 8.
  • TRP Transmission and Reception Point
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a positioning method, including:
  • Step 51 The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal
  • the number of target positioning reference signals determined by the terminal may be one or more.
  • Step 52 the terminal determines the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or reports the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • the terminal by means of at least one of predefined rules, network side configuration and network side request, the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE Better positioning reference signals can be determined, and first measurement results of these positioning reference signals can be measured and/or reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
  • the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
  • the RSRP in the current protocol is the RSRP of the PRS (multipath average or weighted RSRP), the first-path RSRP information is the first-path RSRP measured by the UE, and the reference-path RSRP information is the UE-measured RSRP of a certain reference path. Measured based on path.
  • the definition of the head path includes one of the following:
  • the first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource (resource) or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of subframe i, where subframe i is the received path. to the subframe of the PRS resource or SRS resource;
  • the first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of symbol i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. symbol of resource or SRS resource;
  • the first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, where the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources, that is, received
  • the path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the start time of subframe i is the first path of the PRS resource or SRS resource, where subframe i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and each first detected The path with the smallest delay among the paths is the first path;
  • the first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, in which the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources is received.
  • the path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the starting time of symbol i is the first path of the PRS resources or SRS resources, where the symbol i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and the first detected path of each The path with the smallest delay is the first path;
  • first path RSRP includes one of the following:
  • head radial phase includes one of the following:
  • the definition of the head radius angle includes one of the following:
  • first path RSTD includes one of the following:
  • TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi The relative time difference of the downlink subframe between the transmission point (Transmission Point, TP) j and the reference TP i is defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, where the downlink subframe j and the downlink subframe i are respectively the first path of the received positioning reference signal subframe;
  • First Path TOA includes one of the following:
  • the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, including at least one of the following:
  • the precoding matrix corresponds to the angle information one-to-one. It can be understood that one precoding matrix corresponds to one angle.
  • one RSRP energy
  • one RSRP energy
  • a first-path RSRP first-path energy
  • the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest energy is the estimated angle of arrival.
  • the energy value and index value of adjacent precoding matrices help to To further improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following manners:
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • the precoding matrix indices are adjacent, and the three precoding matrices whose precoding matrix indices are 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent precoding matrices.
  • the angles corresponding to the precoding matrices are adjacent. Assuming that there are 360 precoding matrices in total, and the corresponding angles are 0, 1, 2..., 359, then the precoding matrices with angles corresponding to 1, 2, and 3 degrees are adjacent. precoding matrix.
  • the first measurement information in the above embodiment is usually used for the AoD positioning method.
  • the AoD positioning method can also be combined with other positioning methods.
  • the first measurement information also includes at least one of the following :
  • RSTD Reference Signal Time Difference
  • the RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the reference path or other paths.
  • the RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the first path or other paths.
  • the RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the first path or the reference path.
  • TOA Time of Arrival
  • the TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the reference path or other paths.
  • the TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the first path or the reference path.
  • the TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the reference path or other paths.
  • the Rx-Tx timing difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the Rx-Tx timing difference of the reference path or other paths.
  • the Rx-Tx timing difference difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the difference value information relative to the Rx-Tx timing difference of the first path or other paths.
  • the Rx-Tx timing difference difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the Rx-Tx timing difference difference information relative to the head path or the reference path.
  • the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • Identification information of the positioning reference signal resource for example, the transmission and reception point identification (Identification, ID) (TRP ID) of the positioning reference signal resource, resource set ID (resource set ID), resource ID (resource ID), etc.
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is the identification information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is configured based on each PRS resource, that is, one PRS resource corresponds to one first list of positioning reference signal identification information.
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal is used to indicate the identification information of the PRS whose transmitting beam in the horizontal direction is adjacent to the transmitting beam of the PRS.
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is configured based on each PRS resource set, that is, one PRS resource set corresponds to one second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
  • the type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second list of identification information of the horizontal direction positioning reference signal is used to indicate the identification information of multiple PRSs adjacent to the horizontal direction transmission beam.
  • the second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
  • the transmit beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
  • the type of the sending beam index information includes at least one of the following:
  • the PRSs with the same horizontal angle of the transmit beams correspond to the same transmit beam indices in the horizontal direction.
  • the PRSs with the same vertical angle of the transmission beams correspond to the same transmit beam indices in the vertical direction.
  • the horizontal-vertical direction transmit beam index group For example, if there are 8 beams in the horizontal and vertical directions, one way is to use the horizontal-vertical direction transmit beam index group to represent the three-dimensional direction transmit beam index, such as [2,3] for the second horizontal direction and the vertical direction.
  • the three-dimensional beam corresponding to the third beam angle; another way is to number the indices according to the number of three-dimensional beams. For example, if there are 64 beams in total, they correspond to 64 three-dimensional beam indices.
  • the sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the type of transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
  • the sending beam group information further includes: second positioning reference signal identification information, where the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate a positioning reference signal corresponding to a center beam of a sending beam group .
  • one positioning reference signal resource may correspond to multiple transmit beam groups.
  • a reference signal whose positioning reference signal resource ID is 3 its beam group information includes ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , where the beam The positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to group 1 is ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , the positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to beam group 2 is ⁇ 2, 3, 4 ⁇ , and the positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to beam group 3 is ⁇ 3 ,4,5 ⁇ ;
  • the center beam of the sending beam group may be determined according to the second positioning reference signal identification information.
  • the two positioning reference signal identification information of the beam group configured on the network side is 2, it indicates that the beam group corresponding to positioning reference signal resource 3 at this time is 1, that is, the beam group at the middle position of positioning reference signal resource 2, so as to determine the positioning reference The beam group corresponding to the signal resource.
  • the measured RSRP when the second positioning reference signal identification information is not configured on the network side, the measured RSRP may be used.
  • the measured RSRP of the positioning reference signal resource 3 when the measured RSRP of the positioning reference signal resource 3 is the largest , it is indicated that the beam group corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource 3 at this time is 2, that is, the beam group where the positioning reference signal resource 3 is in the middle position, so as to determine the beam group corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource.
  • the indication manner for sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmit beam group ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ indicates that the transmit beam group of the PRS includes transmit beam group 1, transmit beam group 2 and transmit beam group 3;
  • Direct indication for example, indicating that the transmit beam groups of the PRS are group 1, group 2, and group 3.
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the adjacent transmit beams refer to a spatial relationship, that is, the transmit beams of the positioning reference signal are adjacent in space, which may be adjacent in the horizontal direction, adjacent in the vertical direction, or adjacent in the three-dimensional direction.
  • the number of adjacent transmit beams is 1 less than the number of transmit beams to be reported.
  • the type of the transmission beam includes at least one of the following: a horizontal transmission beam, a vertical transmission beam, and a three-dimensional transmission beam;
  • the indication manner of the adjacent beams includes at least one of the following:
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
  • the base station side antenna information includes at least one of the following:
  • the panel information includes at least one of the following: panel identification information; panel number information; panel position information.
  • the panel identification information is:
  • Panel ID such as 1...M1
  • the panel identification information and the receiving beam identification information divided by each panel can be used to distinguish the receiving beams.
  • the identification information of the receiving beams divided by each UE can be determined with the number of the identification information to determine the panel identification information. For example, there are a total of 16 receiving beams, and the IDs are 0 to 15. If the ID is less than 8, it is considered to be the No. 1 panel. For example, if the ID is an odd number, it is the No. 1 panel.
  • the panel position information includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: arrangement information of multiple panels; panel spacing; and the position of the panels relative to the local coordinate system or the global coordinate system of the terminal.
  • the antenna information in the panel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: antenna identification information; antenna number information; antenna position information; antenna polarization information.
  • the antenna position information includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: arrangement information of multiple antennas; antenna spacing; antenna aperture;
  • the terminal device angle information includes: the angle information of the terminal local coordinate system, such as the conversion parameters between the terminal local coordinate system and the global coordinate system, at least the angles ⁇ (bearing angle), ⁇ (down inclination angle) and ⁇ (tilt angle) of the terminal local coordinate system. horn).
  • the terminal device angle information can be reported in real time.
  • the antenna virtualization information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: TXRU virtualization assumption; channel state information-reference signal (CSI Reference Signal, CSI-RS) port mapping information; Sounding Reference Signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) port mapping information ; SRS-pos port mapping information; PRS port mapping information and so on.
  • CSI Reference Signal CSI Reference Signal
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the calibration information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: whether the group delay has been calibrated for multiple panels; whether the beam angle deviation has been calibrated, etc. (because the group delay or beam angle deviation will affect the beam pattern (beam pattern) or angle judgment); Timing error group (Timing error group) TEG information; group delay calibration value of each TEG.
  • the terminal receives the antenna information on the base station side, and can generate a corresponding precoding matrix pool according to the antenna information on the base station side, and at the same time, can perform channel estimation or obtain calibration information more accurately.
  • the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
  • DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
  • the terminal may directly obtain the precoding matrix pool according to the second precoding matrix information delivered by the network side, or generate a corresponding precoding matrix pool according to the oversampling parameter and DFT coefficients.
  • the first auxiliary information may be configured under one or more frequency layers (frequency layers), TRPs, resource sets (resource sets), or resources (resources).
  • the predefined rule includes at least one of the following:
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set (resource set) or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, and the priority includes measurement and/or escalation priority;
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
  • the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal
  • the positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP
  • the positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP.
  • the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
  • the number of target positioning reference signals to be measured and/or reported is the same as the number of transmit beams that need to be measured and/or reported as indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information.
  • the number of target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information plus 1.
  • the number of target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of beams in the transmit beam group indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information.
  • the number is X (X is equal to 3 or greater than 3), and if it is a three-dimensional beam, the number is Y (Y is equal to 5 or greater than 5).
  • the number of measured and/or reported target positioning reference signals is the same as the number of predefined transmit beams.
  • the number of measured and/or reported target positioning reference signals is the number of predefined adjacent transmit beams plus 1.
  • the number of reported target positioning reference signals is the same as the specific positioning reference signal data.
  • the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam includes at least one of the following:
  • a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information for example, resourceID
  • a positioning reference signal whose difference value from the first positioning reference signal identification information (eg, resourceID) is smaller than M (M>0).
  • the corresponding transmit beams of [PRS resource 1, PRS resource 2, PRS resource3, PRS resource4, PRS resource5, PRS resource6] are respectively [beam1, beam2, beam3, beam4, beam5, beam6], then PRS The adjacent transmit beams of resource3 transmit beam are PRS resource 2 and PRS resource 4.
  • the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal is less than M (M>0).
  • the order of transmission time is [PRS resource 2, PRS resource5, PRS resource1, PRS resource3, PRS resource6, PRS resource4], then PRS resource3 sends the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam corresponding to the adjacent positioning reference
  • the signals are positioning reference signals corresponding to PRS resource 1 and PRS resource 6.
  • the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is less than N (N>0).
  • a positioning reference signal whose difference value from the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal is less than L (L>0).
  • the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information
  • the identification information of the positioning reference signal are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • PRS resource1 corresponds to transmit beam 1
  • PRS resource2 corresponds to transmit beam 2
  • PRS resource3 corresponds to transmit beam 3
  • transmit beams 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent respectively;
  • the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal is the same as or in a one-to-one correspondence with the transmission beam sequence:
  • a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal is
  • PRS resource1, PRS resource2, and PRS resource3 are sent in sequence, they correspond to transmit beams 1, 2, and 3, respectively, and transmit beams 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent to each other.
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the number of the target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of the specific positioning reference signals.
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same or adjacent transmission beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal
  • the target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the beam group of the specific positioning reference signal
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
  • the update of the related configuration of adjacent beams may also be dynamically indicated through the first request information.
  • the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
  • LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) message RequestLocationInformation IE;
  • Media Access Control Layer Control Element Media Access Control Element, MAC CE
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the positioning method further includes: the terminal receives first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement of the adjacent beam needs to be reported information.
  • reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
  • the measurement reporting group includes targets other than the first positioning reference signal. First measurement information of the positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning method further includes: the terminal reporting device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • determining the target positioning reference signal includes: if the number of adjacent beams that need to be measured and/or reported to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, determining the measurement according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource. and/or the reported target positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning method further includes: the terminal receiving second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receiving, according to the second auxiliary information, a positioning reference signal sent by the network side, the
  • the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the usage scenario is used to configure the transmission antenna port, transmission mode and/or repetition mode, etc. of the corresponding positioning reference signal to the UE.
  • the positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching
  • the positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching.
  • the number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity.
  • the send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
  • a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
  • the correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or, the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes: the number of X transmission ports and Y times of transmission, and both X and Y are greater than or equal to 1. positive integer of .
  • 'tXrY' for XTYR means that Y PRSs are transmitted on different symbols, each PRS is sent on X ports, and Y PRSs are sent on different ports.
  • the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or, the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes at least one of the following:
  • N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission
  • the ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
  • each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission
  • the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
  • the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
  • the number of positioning reference signal resources is M; if N positioning reference signal resource sets in the L positioning reference signal resource sets If the positioning reference signal resources are mapped to each transmission, the number of positioning reference signal resources is L*N; if B of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are repeatedly mapped to each transmission, the positioning reference signal The number of signal resources is A*B; if E of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are repeatedly mapped to each transmission, the number of positioning reference signal resources is C*D*E.
  • the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam
  • the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam of the sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) of the transmit channel for example, the receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that sent the SRS last time;
  • Sounding Reference Signal Sounding Reference Signal
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the terminal reports receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning method, including:
  • Step 81 The LMF sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  • the first measurement information of which target positioning reference signals are instructed by the terminal to measure and/or report through the LMF configuration and/or request is more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine a better positioning reference signal and report it.
  • the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals thereby enabling the accuracy of the AoD to be improved.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • Types of transmit beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the first request information is carried in the following message:
  • the positioning method further includes: the network-side device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement information of adjacent beams needs to be reported .
  • the positioning method further includes: the network-side device sends second auxiliary information to the terminal, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission port of the positioning reference signal the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal
  • the positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching
  • the positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching
  • the number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity.
  • the send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
  • a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
  • the positioning method further includes: receiving, by the LMF, first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal reported by the terminal;
  • the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
  • Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths
  • the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning method, including:
  • Step 91 The base station sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the first measurement information of which target positioning reference signals are instructed by the base station to measure and/or report through the base station configuration and/or request is more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine a better positioning reference signal and report it.
  • the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals thereby enabling the accuracy of the AoD to be improved.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • Types of transmit beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
  • the positioning method according to the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking an example.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1 of the present application:
  • the first auxiliary information configured on the network side may be as follows:
  • the type of the first list of positioning reference signal identification information or the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • a list of horizontal positioning reference signal identification information such as ⁇ PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2,...PRS resource IDn ⁇ , indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent or better in the horizontal direction to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 .
  • Vertical positioning reference signal identification information list such as ⁇ PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2, ...PRS resource IDn ⁇ , indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent or better in the vertical direction to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 .
  • Three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal identification information list such as ⁇ PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2,...PRS resource IDn ⁇ , indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 in the three-dimensional direction or better .
  • the transmit beam index information includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam index in the horizontal direction is 1, the beam index of the second beam is 2, ... the beam index of the eighth beam is 8. If the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 3, the PRS corresponding to the two horizontal beam indices (1 and 2) adjacent to 3 are the adjacent PRS in the horizontal direction or a better PRS.
  • the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 3
  • the PRS corresponding to the two vertical beam indices (1 and 2) adjacent to 3 are the adjacent PRS in the vertical direction or a better PRS.
  • Mode 1 is to transmit the beam index group in the horizontal direction-vertical direction. If there are 8 beam angles in the horizontal direction and 8 beam angles in the vertical direction, there are 64 three-dimensional beam angles in total.
  • the beams are indexed in a certain order, for example, [the beam angle of the first beam angle in the horizontal direction and the beam angle of the first beam in the vertical direction] corresponds to the beam index [1,1], [the first beam angle in the horizontal direction and the first beam angle in the vertical direction]
  • the beam index of the beam angle of the two beams] is [1, 2], ...
  • the beam index of the eighth beam in the vertical direction of the first beam angle in the horizontal direction] is [1, 8] ...
  • the beam index of the fourth beam angle of the fourth beam in the vertical direction] is [4,4]...[The beam index of the eighth beam in the vertical direction of the eighth beam angle in the horizontal direction] is [8,8] ].
  • the 3D beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is [3,4]
  • the four beam indices adjacent to [3,4] [2,4],[4,4],[3, 2], [3, 5]
  • the corresponding PRS is the adjacent PRS in the three-dimensional direction or a better PRS.
  • Mode 2 is to send beam indices in the three-dimensional direction.
  • 64 beams are numbered in a certain order, for example, they are sorted from the smallest angle, corresponding to the 64 beam indices sent in the three-dimensional direction. If the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 12, then the PRSs corresponding to the two 3D beam indices (11 and 13) adjacent to 12 are adjacent PRSs in the 3D direction or better PRSs.
  • the second embodiment of the present application :
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to a predefined rule, and the specific steps are as follows:
  • Step 1 Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
  • the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF.
  • the capability information reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
  • Step 2 The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF
  • Step 3 The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
  • Step 4 the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • Step 5 The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the predefined rule, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • Step 6 LMF sends LPP Request Location Information (LTE positioning protocol request location information) to the terminal;
  • Step 7 The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • LPP Provide Location Information the LTE positioning protocol provides location information
  • Step 8 The LMF locates the terminal according to the received first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to the first request information sent by the network side, and the specific steps are as follows:
  • Step 1 Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
  • the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF.
  • the capability information reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
  • Step 2 The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF
  • Step 3 The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
  • Step 4 the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • Step 5 The LMF sends LPP Request Location Information (LTE positioning protocol request location information) to the terminal, carrying the first request information; the content of the first request information refers to the description in the above embodiment, and will not be described one by one.
  • LPP Request Location Information LTE positioning protocol request location information
  • Step 6 The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first request information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • Step 7 The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • LPP Provide Location Information the LTE positioning protocol provides location information
  • Step 8 The LMF locates the terminal according to the received first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • the network side dynamically indicates the reporting of the first measurement information of the adjacent or better PRS, and the specific steps are as follows:
  • Step 1 Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
  • the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF.
  • the capability information reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
  • Step 2 The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF
  • Step 3 The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
  • Step 4 the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • Step 5 the terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first auxiliary information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
  • Step 6 The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • LPP Provide Location Information the LTE positioning protocol provides location information
  • Step 7 the LMF determines the first request information according to the received first measurement information
  • Step 8 the base station or the LMF sends the first request information to the terminal;
  • Step 9 the terminal re-determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first request information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
  • Step 10 The terminal reports the first measurement information of the re-measured target positioning reference signal to the LMF.
  • the reporting manner of the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following manners:
  • Mode 1 Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement, for example, report the first measurement information of the adjacent PRS.
  • the following bold part is the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and the part with horizontal lines is the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal.
  • Manner 3 Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal, such as phase The first measurement information of the neighboring PRS.
  • Mode 3 Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement of the first measurement information.
  • Mode 4 Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes the first positioning reference signal except the first positioning reference signal. other than the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
  • the LMF or the base station configures the UE precoding matrix pool (including the wideband precoding matrix pool and/or the narrowband precoding matrix pool); and/or
  • LMF or base station is configured to UE to generate the required parameters of the precoding matrix pool, such as antenna panel configuration information (antenna panel spacing, number, oversampling factor, etc.);
  • the UE obtains the precoding matrix pool and the angle information corresponding to each precoding matrix through at least one of the above two methods; the UE searches each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix pool according to the channel obtained by measurement , and the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest channel response is determined as the measured AoD angle.
  • the UE performs position calculation according to the AoD angle.
  • the UE reports location information and precoding matrix information (precoding matrix index and/or corresponding angle).
  • the LMF or the base station configures the UE precoding matrix pool (including the wideband precoding matrix pool and/or the narrowband precoding matrix pool); and/or
  • the LMF or the base station configures the parameters required for the UE to generate a precoding matrix pool, such as antenna panel configuration information (antenna panel spacing, number, oversampling factor, etc.);
  • the UE obtains the precoding matrix pool and the angle information corresponding to each precoding matrix through at least one of the above two methods; the UE searches each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix pool according to the channel obtained by measurement , and the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest channel response is determined as the measured AoD angle.
  • the UE reports the first measurement information, including at least one of the following:
  • the determined channel response (RSRP) corresponding to the precoding matrix that maximizes the channel response
  • the first-path channel response (first-path RSRP) corresponding to the determined precoding matrix that maximizes the channel response;
  • the channel response (RSRP) corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix
  • First-path channel responses (first-path RSRP) corresponding to adjacent precoding matrices
  • the LMF calculates the AoD angle according to the first measurement information reported by the UE, and performs position calculation.
  • the definition of the first path includes one of the following:
  • the first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of subframe i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. resource or subframe of SRS resource;
  • the first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of symbol i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. symbol of resource or SRS resource;
  • the first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, where the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources, that is, received
  • the path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the start time of subframe i is the first path of the PRS resource or SRS resource, where subframe i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and each first detected The path with the smallest delay among the paths is the first path;
  • the first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, in which the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources is received.
  • the path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the starting time of symbol i is the first path of the PRS resources or SRS resources, where the symbol i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and the first detected path of each The path with the smallest delay is the first path;
  • first path RSRP includes one of the following:
  • the definition of the first radial phase includes one of the following:
  • the definition of the head radius angle includes one of the following:
  • the horizontal and/or vertical angle of the arrival/departure angle of the head path relative to a reference direction may be In the global coordinate system (GCS) or In the local coordinate system (LCS);
  • first path RSTD includes one of the following:
  • TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi The relative time difference of downlink subframes between transmission point (TP) j and reference TP i, defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, where downlink subframe j and downlink subframe i are respectively the subframes of the first path of the received positioning reference signal ;
  • first path TOA includes one of the following:
  • the execution body may be a positioning device, or a control module in the positioning device for executing the positioning method.
  • the positioning device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the positioning device executing the positioning method as an example.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 130, including:
  • a determining module 131 configured to determine a target positioning reference signal
  • a processing module 132 configured to determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, including at least one of the following:
  • the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following manners:
  • the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
  • Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path
  • Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths
  • the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • Types of transmit beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
  • the base station side antenna information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal
  • the first list of identification information of the three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal is the first list of identification information of the three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal.
  • the type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
  • the transmit beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
  • the type of the sending beam index information includes at least one of the following:
  • 3D direction transmit beam index.
  • the sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of beams in the transmit beam group is the number of beams in the transmit beam group.
  • the type of transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
  • the sending beam group information further includes: second positioning reference signal identification information, where the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate a positioning reference signal corresponding to a center beam of a sending beam group .
  • the indication manner for sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication manner of the adjacent beams includes at least one of the following:
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
  • the predefined rules include at least one of the following:
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
  • the target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
  • the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal
  • the positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP
  • the positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP
  • the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal identifies the positioning reference signal in the first list.
  • the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information
  • the identification information of the positioning reference signal are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal is the same as or in a one-to-one correspondence with the transmission beam sequence:
  • a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal is
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the number of the target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of the specific positioning reference signals.
  • the determining module 131 determines the target positioning reference signal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal
  • the target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the specific positioning reference signal transmission beam group;
  • the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
  • the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
  • the positioning device 130 further includes:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether it is necessary to report the first measurement information of adjacent beams.
  • reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
  • the measurement reporting group includes target positioning other than the first positioning reference signal.
  • the first measurement information of the reference signal If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes target positioning other than the first positioning reference signal. The first measurement information of the reference signal.
  • the positioning device 130 further includes:
  • a first reporting module configured to report device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • determining the target positioning reference signal includes: if the number of adjacent beams that need to be measured and/or reported to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, determining the measurement according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource. and/or the reported target positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning device 130 further includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive the second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receive the positioning reference signal sent by the network side according to the second auxiliary information, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission port of the positioning reference signal the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal
  • the positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching
  • the positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching
  • the number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity.
  • the send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
  • a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
  • the corresponding relationship between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes: the number of X transmission ports and the number of Y times of transmission.
  • the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or, the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes at least one of the following:
  • N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission
  • the ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
  • each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission
  • the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
  • the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
  • the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam, and the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning device 130 further includes:
  • the second reporting module is configured to report the receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
  • the positioning device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system, or an electronic device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 5 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 140, including:
  • the first sending module 141 is configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the receiving module 142 is configured to receive first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • Types of transmit beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
  • the network side device further includes:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether it is necessary to report the first measurement information of adjacent beams.
  • the network side device further includes:
  • the third sending module is configured to send second auxiliary information to the terminal, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission port of the positioning reference signal the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal
  • the positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching
  • the positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching
  • the number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity.
  • the send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
  • a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
  • the network side device further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal reported by the terminal
  • the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
  • Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path
  • Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths
  • the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  • the positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 8 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 150, including:
  • the first sending module 151 is configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
  • first auxiliary information where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams
  • first request information where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
  • the second sending module 152 is configured to send first auxiliary information to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams.
  • the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is the identification information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam
  • the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam
  • priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • Types of transmit beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
  • the first request information includes at least one of the following:
  • Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal includes measurement and/or reporting priority
  • the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
  • the positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 9 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 160, including a processor 161, a memory 162, and a program or instruction stored in the memory 162 and executable on the processor 161, for example, the communication
  • the device 160 is a terminal
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161
  • each process of the above-mentioned embodiment of the positioning method executed by the terminal can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 160 is an LMF
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161
  • each process of the above-mentioned embodiment of the positioning method executed by the LMF can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 160 is a base station
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161
  • each process of the above-mentioned positioning method embodiment executed by the base station can be implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, where the processor is configured to determine a target positioning reference signal; determine first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the target positioning reference signal The first measurement information is used to determine the terminal location information; wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following methods: a predefined rule; the first auxiliary information sent by the network side, the The first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam; the first request information sent by the network side is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 170 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 171, a network module 172, an audio output unit 173, an input unit 174, a sensor 175, a display unit 176, a user input unit 177, an interface unit 178, a memory 179, and a processor 1710, etc. at least part of the components.
  • the terminal 170 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 1710 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system management and other functions.
  • a power source such as a battery
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
  • the input unit 174 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1741 and a microphone 1742. Such as camera) to obtain still pictures or video image data for processing.
  • the display unit 176 may include a display panel 1761, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 177 includes a touch panel 1771 and other input devices 1772 .
  • the touch panel 1771 is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch panel 1771 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 1772 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which are not described herein again.
  • the radio frequency unit 171 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and then processes it to the processor 1710; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 171 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • Memory 179 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 179 may mainly include a storage program or instruction area and a storage data area, wherein the stored program or instruction area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like.
  • the memory 179 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, wherein the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • flash memory for example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid state storage device.
  • the processor 1710 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1710 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs or instructions, etc. Modem processors mainly deal with wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 1710.
  • the processor 1710 is configured to determine the target positioning reference signal; and, determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, the first The measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
  • the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
  • first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
  • the first request information sent by the network side where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  • the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which target positioning reference signal first measurement information is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine For better positioning reference signals, the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals are reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
  • the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communications, and discloses a positioning method, a terminal, and a network side device. The positioning method of the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal determines a target positioning reference signal; and the terminal determines the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or reports the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, the first measurement information being used for determining the position information of the terminal, wherein the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following modes: a predefined rule; first auxiliary information sent by a network side, the first auxiliary information being used for configuring information related to a positioning reference signal beam; and first request information sent by the network side, the first request information being used for indicating the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.

Description

定位方法、终端及网络侧设备Positioning method, terminal and network side device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请主张在2021年03月17日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202110286726.6的优先权，其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202110286726.6 filed in China on Mar. 17, 2021, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请属于无线通信技术领域，具体涉及一种定位方法、终端及网络侧设备。The present application belongs to the field of wireless communication technologies, and specifically relates to a positioning method, a terminal and a network side device.
背景技术Background technique
下行角度定位方法中，用户设备(User Equipment，UE)基于定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signals，PRS)测量参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power，RSRP)，并将最多8个RSRP的测量结果上报给位置管理功能(Location Management Function，LMF)，LMF从而可以进行定位。用户设备也称为终端。In the downlink angle positioning method, the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) measures the reference signal received power (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP) based on the Positioning Reference Signal (Positioning Reference Signals, PRS), and reports the measurement results of up to 8 RSRPs to the Location Management Function (LMF), LMF can perform positioning. User equipment is also called a terminal.
在R17下行出发角(Angle of Departure，AoD)方法的增强中，为了进一步提高AoD定位精度，可以测量和/或上报某些PRS的RSRP，以提高定位精度。然而，UE并不知道哪些PRS的RSRP更利于提高定位精度。In the enhancement of the R17 downlink angle of departure (Angle of Departure, AoD) method, in order to further improve the AoD positioning accuracy, the RSRP of some PRSs may be measured and/or reported to improve the positioning accuracy. However, the UE does not know which PRS RSRPs are more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法、终端及网络侧设备，能够解决终端如何确定需要测量和/或上报的定位参考信号以提高定位精度的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, a terminal, and a network-side device, which can solve the problem of how a terminal determines a positioning reference signal that needs to be measured and/or reported to improve positioning accuracy.
第一方面，提供了一种定位方法，包括：In a first aspect, a positioning method is provided, including:
终端确定目标定位参考信号；The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal;
所述终端确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；determining, by the terminal, first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
第二方面，提供了一种定位方法，包括：In a second aspect, a positioning method is provided, including:
LMF向终端发送以下至少之一：The LMF sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
LMF接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
第三方面，提供了一种定位方法，包括：In a third aspect, a positioning method is provided, including:
基站向终端发送以下至少之一：The base station sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或，and / or,
基站向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The first auxiliary information sent by the base station to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
第四方面，提供了一种定位装置，包括：In a fourth aspect, a positioning device is provided, comprising:
确定模块，用于确定目标定位参考信号；a determination module for determining a target positioning reference signal;
处理模块，用于确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；a processing module, configured to determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
第五方面，提供了一种定位装置，包括：In a fifth aspect, a positioning device is provided, comprising:
第一发送模块，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：A first sending module, configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
LMF接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
第六方面，提供了一种定位装置，包括：In a sixth aspect, a positioning device is provided, comprising:
第一发送模块，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：A first sending module, configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
第二发送模块，用于向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The second sending module is configured to send the first auxiliary information to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
第七方面，提供了一种终端，该终端包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, a terminal is provided, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor The steps of implementing the method as described in the first aspect.
第八方面，提供了一种终端，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于确定目标定位参考信号；确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；In an eighth aspect, a terminal is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to determine a target positioning reference signal; determine first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
第九方面，提供了一种网络侧设备，该网络侧设备包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第二方面或第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a ninth aspect, a network side device is provided, the network side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect when executed.
第十方面，提供了一种网络侧设备，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于向终端发送以下至少之一：In a tenth aspect, a network-side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。第十一方面，提供了一种网络侧设备，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于向终端发送以下至少之一：Receive first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams. In an eleventh aspect, a network-side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The first auxiliary information sent to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
第十二方面，提供了一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的 步骤。A twelfth aspect provides a readable storage medium, where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method according to the first aspect are implemented, or the The steps of the method according to the second aspect, or the steps of implementing the method according to the third aspect.
第十三方面，提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行网络侧设备程序或指令，实现如第一方面所述的方法，或实现如第二方面所述的方法，或实现如第三方面所述的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a network-side device program or instruction, implementing the first aspect Said method, or implements the method as described in the second aspect, or implements the method as described in the third aspect.
第十四方面，提供了一种程序产品，所述程序产品存储在非易失的存储介质中，所述程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法，或实现如第二方面所述的方法，或实现如第三方面所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a program product, the program product is stored in a non-volatile storage medium, the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method as described in the first aspect, or implement the method as described in the first aspect. The method described in the second aspect, or the method described in the third aspect is implemented.
第十五方面，提供一种通信设备，被配置为执行如第一方面所述的方法的步骤，或者如第二方面所述的方法的步骤，或者如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。A fifteenth aspect provides a communication device configured to perform the steps of the method of the first aspect, or the steps of the method of the second aspect, or the steps of the method of the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中，通过预定义规则、网络侧配置和/或网络侧请求，指示终端测量和/或上报哪些目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息更有利于提高定位精度，使得UE能够确定更优的定位参考信号，上报这些定位参考信号的第一测量结果，从而使得AoD的精度能够提高。In this embodiment of the present application, through predefined rules, network side configuration and/or network side requests, the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which target positioning reference signal first measurement information is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine For better positioning reference signals, the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals are reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图；FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the application can be applied;
图2为下行AoD测量的方法中如何选择波束的方法的示意图；FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method of how to select a beam in a method for downlink AoD measurement;
图3为两个波束的二维波束图样示意图；3 is a schematic diagram of a two-dimensional beam pattern of two beams;
图4为下行AoD测量的方法的示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of a method for downlink AoD measurement;
图5为本申请一实施例的定位方法的流程示意图；5 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请一实施例的确定与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号的方法示意图；6 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请另一实施例的确定与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号的方法示意图；7 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam according to another embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请另一实施例的定位方法的流程示意图；8 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请又一实施例的定位方法的流程示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例的按照预定义规则确定目标定位参考信号的方法 示意图；10 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a target positioning reference signal according to a predefined rule according to an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例的根据网络侧发送的第一请求信息确定目标定位参考信号的方法示意图；11 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a target positioning reference signal according to first request information sent by a network side according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例的网络侧动态指示相邻或更优的PRS的第一测量信息的上报的方法示意图；12 is a schematic diagram of a method for dynamically indicating the reporting of the first measurement information of the adjacent or better PRS at the network side according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请一实施例的定位装置的结构示意图；13 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请另一实施例的定位装置的结构示意图；14 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请又一实施例的定位装置的结构示意图；15 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图；16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例的终端的硬件结构示意图；FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例的网络侧设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments in the present application fall within the protection scope of the present application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施，且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类，并不限定对象的个数，例如第一对象可以是一个，也可以是多个。此外，说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the description and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first", "second" distinguishes Usually it is a class, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object may be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是，本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution，LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)系统，还可用于其他无线通信系统，诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access，TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency  Division Multiple Access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access，SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用，所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术，也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio，NR)系统，并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语，但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用，如第6代(6 th Generation，6G)通信系统。 It is worth noting that the technologies described in the embodiments of this application are not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the description below, but the techniques are also applicable to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation (6th generation ) Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中，终端11也可以称作终端设备或者用户设备(User Equipment，UE)，终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车载终端(Vehicle User Equipment，VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment，PUE)等终端侧设备，可穿戴式设备包括：智能手表、手环、耳机、眼镜等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以是基站或核心网，其中，基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set，ESS)、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，WLAN)接入点、WiFi节点、发送接收点(Transmittion Reception Point，TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语，只要达到相同的技术效果，所述基站不限于特定技术词汇，需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例，但是并不限定基站的具体类型，所述核心网设备可以是位置管理设备，例如LMF、E-SLMC等。FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 . The terminal 11 may also be called a terminal device or user equipment (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet Device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle terminal ( Vehicle User Equipment, VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, headphones, glasses, etc. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11 . The network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, wherein the base station may be referred to as a Node B, an evolved Node B, an access point, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Set (Basic Service Set, BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) ) access point, WiFi node, Transmittion Reception Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary, it should be noted that , in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is used as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited, and the core network device may be a location management device, such as LMF, E-SLMC, etc.
下面结合附图，通过具体的实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的定位方法、终端及网络侧设备进行详细地说明。The positioning method, the terminal, and the network-side device provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below through specific embodiments and application scenarios with reference to the accompanying drawings.
下面首先对与本申请相关的通信名词进行说明。The following first describes the communication terms related to the present application.
1.1出发角(AoD)1.1 Angle of Departure (AoD)
请参考图2，下行AoD测量是通过测量多个RSRP(即图2中的能量)来选择对应的波束(哪个波束测量的能量大就上报哪个波束(或者上报PRS的识别信息(发送和接收波束)))。Please refer to Figure 2, the downlink AoD measurement is to select the corresponding beam by measuring multiple RSRPs (ie the energy in Figure 2) (whichever beam has a larger measured energy, report which beam (or report PRS identification information (transmit and receive beams) ))).
1.2波束(Beam)识别信息1.2 Beam identification information
波束的识别信息是根据PRS的识别信息去区分的，也就是不同的波束发送不同的PRS(PRS资源集标识(Resource Set ID)和PRS资源标识(resource ID))。不同的PRS包括不同的角度信息(PRS角项目(Angle Item))。The identification information of the beam is distinguished according to the identification information of the PRS, that is, different beams send different PRS (PRS resource set ID (Resource Set ID) and PRS resource ID (resource ID)). Different PRSs include different angle information (PRS Angle Items).
请参考表1，表1为NR系统中的PRS波束信息。Please refer to Table 1, which is the PRS beam information in the NR system.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000001
其中，IE/Group Name为IE/组名；NR-PRS Beam Information为NR-PRS波束信息；maxPRS-ResourceSets为最大PRS-资源集；INTEGER为整数；The resource set in which the resources are associated with the angle为：其中资源与角度关联的资源集；NR PRS Azimuth为NR PRS方位角；NR PRS Azimuth fine为NR PRS精细方位角；Fine angles为精细角；NR PRS Elevation为NR PRS高度；Elevation fine为精细高度；LCS to GCS Translation为局部坐标系(Local Coordinate System，LCS)至全球坐标系(Global Coordinate System，GCS)的转换；Only the single value,1,shall be used in this version of the specifications为：本版本规范中仅使用单个值1。Among them, IE/Group Name is IE/group name; NR-PRS Beam Information is NR-PRS beam information; maxPRS-ResourceSets is the maximum PRS-resource set; INTEGER is an integer; The resource set in which the resources are associated with the angle is: the resource set in which the resource is associated with the angle; NR PRS Azimuth is the NR PRS azimuth; NR PRS Azimuth fine is the NR PRS fine azimuth; Fine angles is the fine angle; NR PRS Elevation is the NR PRS height; Elevation fine is the fine height ;LCS to GCS Translation is the conversion from Local Coordinate System (LCS) to Global Coordinate System (GCS); Only the single value, 1,shall be used in this version of the specifications: this version Only a single value of 1 is used in the specification.
请参考表2，表2为PRS资源集的PRS的资源数目的说明。Please refer to Table 2, which is a description of the number of PRS resources in the PRS resource set.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000002
其中，Maximum no of DL-PRS resource sets per TRP.Value is 2为：每个TRP的DL-PRS资源集的最大数量。值为2。Among them, Maximum no of DL-PRS resource sets per TRP.Value is 2 is: the maximum number of DL-PRS resource sets for each TRP. The value is 2.
Maximum no of DL-PRS resources of the DL-PRS resource set of the TRP.Value is 64为：TRP的DL-PRS资源集的DL-PRS资源的最大数量。值为64。Maximum no of DL-PRS resources of the DL-PRS resource set of the TRP.Value is 64: the maximum number of DL-PRS resources in the DL-PRS resource set of the TRP. The value is 64.
Maximum no.of LCS-GS-Translation-Parameters that can reported with one message.Value is 3为：一条消息可以报告的LCS-GS-Translation-Parameters的最大数量。值为3。Maximum no.of LCS-GS-Translation-Parameters that can reported with one message.Value is 3 is: the maximum number of LCS-GS-Translation-Parameters that can be reported by a message. The value is 3.
1.3 UE侧RSRP上报1.3 UE side RSRP reporting
下述内容为UE侧上报RSRP的代码说明：The following content is the code description of the RSRP reported by the UE side:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000004
对于UE辅助的(UE-assisted)定位，加上附加测量(additional measurement)，UE一共可以上报8个RSRP。对于基于UE(UE-based)的定位，取决于UE实现。For UE-assisted positioning, plus additional measurements, the UE can report a total of 8 RSRPs. For UE-based positioning, it depends on the UE implementation.
1.4根据波束图样和RSRP进行AoD精度优化的方法1.4 Method for AoD Accuracy Optimization Based on Beam Pattern and RSRP
如图3所示，细实线和粗实线分别为波束(beam)1和beam2的二维波束图样，其中，横坐标对应的是波束的角度，纵坐标对应的是归一化后的波束响应。As shown in Figure 3, the thin solid line and the thick solid line are the two-dimensional beam patterns of beam 1 and beam 2, respectively, where the abscissa corresponds to the angle of the beam, and the ordinate corresponds to the normalized beam response.
UE接收m个PRS，并基于m个PRS的测量得到m个RSRP，若UE从m个RSRP中选择n个RSRP上报，则可以基于这n个RSRP组成一个n维向量[RSP1RSRP2……RSRPn]。The UE receives m PRSs and obtains m RSRPs based on the measurement of the m PRSs. If the UE selects n RSRPs to report from the m RSRPs, an n-dimensional vector [RSP1RSRP2...RSRPn] can be formed based on the n RSRPs.
在LMF侧，已知各个PRS对应的发送波束的波束图样，若角度粒度为1，那么可以在360个角度上，得到这n个RSRP对应的PRS的发送波束的波束响应，这个波束响应向量为[BeamResponse1BeamResponse1……BeamResponsen]，对这两个向量(UE上报的RSRP向量和波束相应向量)求欧式距离，则欧式距离最小的向量对应的角度为要测量的AoD角度。On the LMF side, the beam patterns of the transmit beams corresponding to each PRS are known. If the angle granularity is 1, the beam responses of the transmit beams of the PRS corresponding to the n RSRPs can be obtained at 360 angles. The beam response vector is [BeamResponse1BeamResponse1...BeamResponsen], calculate the Euclidean distance for these two vectors (the RSRP vector reported by the UE and the corresponding beam vector), and the angle corresponding to the vector with the smallest Euclidean distance is the AoD angle to be measured.
具体过程可参见图4，当选取的n个RSRP包含最强PRS和相邻PRS时，优化精度较高。比如，当实际AoD对应为图中加黑的波束时，加黑的波束对应的PRS的测量RSRP是最强的，此时如果邻近波束如加黑波束两侧的波束 对应的PRS的测量RSRP也上报，则AoD优化精度较高。The specific process can be seen in Fig. 4. When the selected n RSRPs include the strongest PRS and adjacent PRSs, the optimization precision is high. For example, when the actual AoD corresponds to the blacked beam in the figure, the measured RSRP of the PRS corresponding to the blacked-out beam is the strongest. If it is reported, the AoD optimization precision is high.
然而，当UE上报的PRS的RSRP时，不能明确地确定哪些PRS的发送波束是相邻的，或者更优的。当上报的PRS的发送波束角度如果相差较大，或者不包括相邻波束的PRS时，在LMF利用RSRP进行AoD优化时，优化效果显著下降。另外，每个UE的每个发送和接收点(Transmittion and Reception Point，TRP)上报的RSRP数量不确定，最大可以为8个。当上报的RSRP包括相邻波束的RSRP时，仅上报较少的RSRP的数量时，也能达到较好的AoD优化性能。However, when the UE reports the RSRP of the PRS, it cannot be clearly determined which PRS transmission beams are adjacent or better. When the transmitted beam angles of the reported PRSs differ greatly, or the PRSs of adjacent beams are not included, when the LMF uses RSRP to perform AoD optimization, the optimization effect is significantly reduced. In addition, the number of RSRPs reported by each transmission and reception point (Transmittion and Reception Point, TRP) of each UE is uncertain, and the maximum can be 8. When the reported RSRPs include RSRPs of adjacent beams, and only a small number of RSRPs are reported, better AoD optimization performance can also be achieved.
请参考图5，本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法，包括：Referring to FIG. 5, an embodiment of the present application provides a positioning method, including:
步骤51：终端确定目标定位参考信号；Step 51: The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal;
本申请实施例中，终端确定的目标定位参考信号的数目可以为一个或多个。In this embodiment of the present application, the number of target positioning reference signals determined by the terminal may be one or more.
步骤52：所述终端确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；Step 52: the terminal determines the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or reports the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
本申请实施例中，通过预定义规则、网络侧配置和网络侧请求至少之一的方式，指示终端测量和/或上报哪些目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息更有利于提高定位精度，使得UE能够确定更优的定位参考信号，测量和/或上报这些定位参考信号的第一测量结果，从而使得AoD的精度能够提高。In the embodiment of the present application, by means of at least one of predefined rules, network side configuration and network side request, the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE Better positioning reference signals can be determined, and first measurement results of these positioning reference signals can be measured and/or reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
(一)下面对第一测量信息的内容进行说明。(1) The following describes the content of the first measurement information.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
1)RSRP信息；1) RSRP information;
2)相位信息；2) Phase information;
3)首径RSRP信息；3) First path RSRP information;
目前协议中的RSRP为PRS的RSRP(多径的平均或加权RSRP)，首径RSRP信息为UE测量的首径的RSRP，参考径RSRP信息为UE测量的某个参考径的RSRP，它们都是基于径(path)进行测量得到的。The RSRP in the current protocol is the RSRP of the PRS (multipath average or weighted RSRP), the first-path RSRP information is the first-path RSRP measured by the UE, and the reference-path RSRP information is the UE-measured RSRP of a certain reference path. Measured based on path.
4)首径相位信息；4) first path phase information;
5)参考径RSRP信息；5) Reference path RSRP information;
6)参考径相位信息；6) Reference radial phase information;
7)与参考径的RSRP差值信息；7) RSRP difference information with the reference path;
8)与参考径的相位差值信息；8) Phase difference information with the reference path;
9)与首径的RSRP差值信息；9) RSRP difference information with the first path;
10)与首径的相位差值信息；10) Phase difference information with the head path;
11)第一预编码矩阵信息。11) First precoding matrix information.
在本实施例中，可选地，首径的定义包括以下之一：In this embodiment, optionally, the definition of the head path includes one of the following:
1)首径是对一个PRS资源(resource)或SRS resource进行测量第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和子帧i的起始时间距离最小的径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resource或SRS resource的子帧；1) The first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource (resource) or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of subframe i, where subframe i is the received path. to the subframe of the PRS resource or SRS resource;
2)首径是对一个PRS resource或SRS resource进行测量第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和符号i的起始时间距离最小的径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resource或SRS resource的符号；2) The first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of symbol i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. symbol of resource or SRS resource;
3)首径是对若干PRS resources或SRS resources进行测量，各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径，其中每个PRS resources或SRS resources下第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和子帧i的起始时间距离最小的径为该PRS resource或SRS resource的首径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resources或SRS resource的子帧,各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径为首径；3) The first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, where the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources, that is, received The path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the start time of subframe i is the first path of the PRS resource or SRS resource, where subframe i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and each first detected The path with the smallest delay among the paths is the first path;
4)首径是对若干PRS resources或SRS resources进行测量，各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径，其中每个PRS resources或SRS resources下第一 个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和符号i的起始时间距离最小的径为该PRS resources或SRS resources的首径，其中符号i是收到该PRS resources或SRS resource的子帧,各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径为首径；4) The first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, in which the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources is received. The path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the starting time of symbol i is the first path of the PRS resources or SRS resources, where the symbol i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and the first detected path of each The path with the smallest delay is the first path;
首径RSRP的定义包括以下之一：The definition of first path RSRP includes one of the following:
1)首径对应的信道冲激响应(Channel Impulse Response，CIR)响应的幅度值；1) The amplitude value of the Channel Impulse Response (CIR) response corresponding to the first path;
2)首径对应的信道的接收能量/功率；2) The received energy/power of the channel corresponding to the first path;
3)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的DL PRS参考信号的资源元素在首径上的功率的线性平均。3) Linear averaging of the power over the first path of the resource elements of the DL PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth.
首径相位的定义包括以下之一：The definition of head radial phase includes one of the following:
1)首径对应的CIR响应的相位值；1) The phase value of the CIR response corresponding to the head path;
2)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的下行(Downlink，DL)PRS参考信号的资源元素在首径上的相位值的线性平均；2) Linear averaging of the phase values of the resource elements of the downlink (Downlink, DL) PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration on the first path within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth;
3)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的DL PRS参考信号在每个资源元素的首径上的相位值。3) The phase value of the DL PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration on the first path of each resource element within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth.
首径角度的定义包括以下之一：The definition of the head radius angle includes one of the following:
1)首径的到达角/离开角相对于某个参考方向的水平和/或垂直角度，其中参考方向可以是在全球坐标系中(In the global coordinate system，GCS)或者在局部坐标系中(In the local coordinate system，LCS)；1) The horizontal and/or vertical angle of the arrival/departure angle of the head radius relative to a reference direction, which may be in the global coordinate system (In the global coordinate system, GCS) or in the local coordinate system ( In the local coordinate system, LCS);
首径RSTD的定义包括以下之一：The definition of first path RSTD includes one of the following:
1)传输点(Transmission Point，TP)j和参考TP i之间的下行子帧相对时差，定义为TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi，其中下行子帧j和下行子帧i分别是接收到定位参考信号的首径的子帧；1) The relative time difference of the downlink subframe between the transmission point (Transmission Point, TP) j and the reference TP i is defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, where the downlink subframe j and the downlink subframe i are respectively the first path of the received positioning reference signal subframe;
2)传输点(TP)j和参考TP i之间的下行符号相对时差，定义为TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi，其中下行符号j和下行符号i分别是接收到定位参考信号的首径的符号；2) the relative time difference of downlink symbols between transmission point (TP) j and reference TP i, defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, wherein downlink symbol j and downlink symbol i are respectively the symbols of the first path of the received positioning reference signal;
首径TOA的定义包括以下之一：The definition of First Path TOA includes one of the following:
1)接收点(Reception Point，RP)j接收的子帧i的开始相对于参考时间的相对时间差，其中子帧i是接收到定位参考信号的首径的子帧；1) the relative time difference of the beginning of the subframe i received by the reception point (Reception Point, RP) j with respect to the reference time, wherein the subframe i is the subframe that receives the first path of the positioning reference signal;
2)接收点(RP)j接收的符号i的开始相对于参考时间的相对时间差，其中符号i是接收到定位参考信号的首径的符号。2) The relative time difference of the beginning of the symbol i received by the receiving point (RP) j with respect to the reference time, where the symbol i is the symbol of the first path of the received positioning reference signal.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一预编码矩阵信息用于确定角度信息，包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, including at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
预编码矩阵索引；precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引；adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引；wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引；narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first-path RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP。First-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index.
所述预编码矩阵和角度信息一一对应，可以理解为，一个预编码矩阵对应一个角度，通过对预编码矩阵进行搜索，每个预编码矩阵和信道可以计算出一个RSRP(能量)，或者每个预编码矩阵和首径信道可以计算出一个首径RSRP(首径能量)，该能量最大的预编码矩阵对应的角度为估计的到达角，相邻预编码矩阵的能量值和索引值有助于进一步提高定位精度。The precoding matrix corresponds to the angle information one-to-one. It can be understood that one precoding matrix corresponds to one angle. By searching the precoding matrix, one RSRP (energy) can be calculated for each precoding matrix and channel, or one RSRP (energy) can be calculated for each precoding matrix and channel. A first-path RSRP (first-path energy) can be calculated from a precoding matrix and a first-path channel. The angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest energy is the estimated angle of arrival. The energy value and index value of adjacent precoding matrices help to To further improve the positioning accuracy.
可选地，所述相邻预编码矩阵通过以下方式中的至少之一指示：Optionally, the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following manners:
1)通过预编码矩阵(Precoding Matrix Indicator，PMI)索引指示；1) Indicated by a precoding matrix (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI) index;
例如预编码矩阵索引相邻，预编码矩阵索引为1，2，3的三个预编码矩阵为相邻预编码矩阵。For example, the precoding matrix indices are adjacent, and the three precoding matrices whose precoding matrix indices are 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent precoding matrices.
2)通过预编码矩阵对应的角度指示。2) It is indicated by the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix.
例如预编码矩阵对应的角度相邻，假设共360个预编码矩阵，对应的角度分别为0,1,2……，359，则角度对应为1,2,3度的预编码矩阵为相邻预编码矩阵。For example, the angles corresponding to the precoding matrices are adjacent. Assuming that there are 360 precoding matrices in total, and the corresponding angles are 0, 1, 2..., 359, then the precoding matrices with angles corresponding to 1, 2, and 3 degrees are adjacent. precoding matrix.
上述实施例中的第一测量信息通常是用于AoD定位方法，当然，也可以将AoD定位方法与其他定位方法结合，此时，可选地，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：The first measurement information in the above embodiment is usually used for the AoD positioning method. Of course, the AoD positioning method can also be combined with other positioning methods. In this case, optionally, the first measurement information also includes at least one of the following :
1)首径的参考信号时间差(Reference Signal Time Difference，RSTD)信息或RSTD差值信息；1) Reference Signal Time Difference (RSTD) information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
该RSTD差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的RSTD，或者，相对于参考径或其他径的RSTD的差值信息。The RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the reference path or other paths.
2)参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；2) RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
该RSTD差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的RSTD，或者，相对于首径或其他径的RSTD的差值信息。The RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the first path or other paths.
3)其他径(additional path)的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；3) RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths (additional path);
该RSTD差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的RSTD，或者，相对于首径或参考径的RSTD的差值信息。The RSTD difference information may be the RSTD relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the RSTD of the first path or the reference path.
4)首径的到达时间(Time of Arrival，TOA)信息或TOA差值信息；4) Time of Arrival (TOA) information or TOA difference information of the first path;
该TOA差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于参考径或其他径的TOA的差值信息。The TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the reference path or other paths.
5)参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；5) TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
该TOA差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于首径或参考径的TOA的差值信息。The TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the first path or the reference path.
6)其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；6) TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
该TOA差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于参考径或其他径的TOA的差值信息。The TOA difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the TOA difference information relative to the reference path or other paths.
7)首径的接收发送时间差(Rx-Tx timing difference)信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；7) The receiving and sending time difference (Rx-Tx timing difference) information of the first path or the Rx-Tx timing difference difference information;
该Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于参考径或其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference的差值信息。The Rx-Tx timing difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the difference information relative to the Rx-Tx timing difference of the reference path or other paths.
8)参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；8) Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path;
该Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于首径或其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference的差值信息。The Rx-Tx timing difference difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the difference value information relative to the Rx-Tx timing difference of the first path or other paths.
9)其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；9) Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
该Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息可以是相对于PRS resource的TOA，或者，相对于首径或参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference的差值信息。The Rx-Tx timing difference difference information may be the TOA relative to the PRS resource, or the Rx-Tx timing difference difference information relative to the head path or the reference path.
其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
(二)下面对第一辅助信息的内容进行说明。(2) The following describes the content of the first auxiliary information.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
1)定位参考信号资源的识别信息；例如定位参考信号资源的发送接收点标识(Identification，ID)(TRP ID)，资源集ID(resource set ID)，资源ID(resource ID)等。1) Identification information of the positioning reference signal resource; for example, the transmission and reception point identification (Identification, ID) (TRP ID) of the positioning reference signal resource, resource set ID (resource set ID), resource ID (resource ID), etc.
2)定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信 息；2) the first list of positioning reference signal identification information, the first list of the positioning reference signal identification information is the identification information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
本申请实施例中，可选地，定位参考信号识别信息第一列表是基于每个PRS resource配置的，即，一个PRS resource对应一个定位参考信号识别信息第一列表。In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is configured based on each PRS resource, that is, one PRS resource corresponds to one first list of positioning reference signal identification information.
可选地，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
a)水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；a) the first list of the identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表用于指示水平方向发送波束与该PRS的发送波束相邻的PRS的识别信息。The first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal is used to indicate the identification information of the PRS whose transmitting beam in the horizontal direction is adjacent to the transmitting beam of the PRS.
b)垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；b) the first list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
c)三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表。c) The first list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
2)定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；2) a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
本申请实施例中，可选地，定位参考信号识别信息第二列表是基于每个PRS resource set配置的，即，一个PRS resource set对应一个定位参考信号识别信息第二列表。In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is configured based on each PRS resource set, that is, one PRS resource set corresponds to one second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表用于指示水平方向发送波束相邻的多个PRS的识别信息。The second list of identification information of the horizontal direction positioning reference signal; the second list of the identification information of the horizontal direction positioning reference signal is used to indicate the identification information of multiple PRSs adjacent to the horizontal direction transmission beam.
垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；a second list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表。The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
3)定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；3) The transmission beam angle information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
可选地，所述发送波束角度信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmit beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束水平角度；Transmit beam horizontal angle;
发送波束垂直角度；The vertical angle of the transmit beam;
角度误差信息；angle error information;
角度置信度信息；Angle confidence information;
发送波束宽度信息。Send beamwidth information.
4)定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；4) Send beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
可选地，所述发送波束索引信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of the sending beam index information includes at least one of the following:
a)水平方向发送波束索引；a) Transmit the beam index in the horizontal direction;
例如，假如水平方向有8个波束，则有8个水平方向发送波束索引，发送波束水平角度相同的PRS对应相同的水平方向发送波束索引。For example, if there are 8 beams in the horizontal direction, there are 8 transmit beam indices in the horizontal direction, and the PRSs with the same horizontal angle of the transmit beams correspond to the same transmit beam indices in the horizontal direction.
b)垂直方向发送波束索引；b) Send the beam index in the vertical direction;
例如，假如垂直方向有8个波束，则有8个垂直方向发送波束索引，发送波束垂直角度相同的PRS对应相同的垂直方向发送波束索引。For example, if there are 8 beams in the vertical direction, there are 8 beam indices in the vertical direction, and the PRSs with the same vertical angle of the transmission beams correspond to the same transmit beam indices in the vertical direction.
c)三维方向发送波束索引；c) three-dimensional direction transmit beam index;
例如，假如水平和垂直方向各有8个波束，一种方式是用水平方向-垂直方向发送波束索引组来表示三维方向发送波束索引，如[2,3]代表水平方向第二个和垂直方向第三个波束角度对应的三维波束；另一种方式是按照三维波束的数目对索引进行编号，如共有64个波束，则对应64个三维波束索引。For example, if there are 8 beams in the horizontal and vertical directions, one way is to use the horizontal-vertical direction transmit beam index group to represent the three-dimensional direction transmit beam index, such as [2,3] for the second horizontal direction and the vertical direction. The three-dimensional beam corresponding to the third beam angle; another way is to number the indices according to the number of three-dimensional beams. For example, if there are 64 beams in total, they correspond to 64 three-dimensional beam indices.
5)定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；5) information on the transmit beam group corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
可选地，所述发送波束组信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
a)发送波束组识别信息；a) transmit beam group identification information;
可选地，发送波束组识别信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the horizontal direction;
垂直方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the vertical direction;
三维方向发送波束组识别信息。The beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
b)发送波束组中的波束数目。b) The number of beams in the transmit beam group.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息还包括：第二定位参考信号识别信息，所述第二定位参考信号识别信息由网络侧配置，用于指示一个发送波束组的中心波束对应的定位参考信号。Optionally, the sending beam group information further includes: second positioning reference signal identification information, where the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate a positioning reference signal corresponding to a center beam of a sending beam group .
本申请实施例中，一个定位参考信号资源可以对应多个发送波束组，例如对于定位参考信号资源ID为3的参考信号来说，它的波束组信息包括{1,2,3}，其中波束组1对应的定位参考信号资源ID为{1,2,3}，波束组2对应 的定位参考信号资源ID为{2,3,4},波束组3对应的定位参考信号资源ID为{3,4,5}；In this embodiment of the present application, one positioning reference signal resource may correspond to multiple transmit beam groups. For example, for a reference signal whose positioning reference signal resource ID is 3, its beam group information includes {1, 2, 3}, where the beam The positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to group 1 is {1, 2, 3}, the positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to beam group 2 is {2, 3, 4}, and the positioning reference signal resource ID corresponding to beam group 3 is {3 ,4,5};
本申请实施例中，当网络侧配置第二定位参考信号识别信息时，可以根据第二定位参考信号识别信息，确定发送波束组的中心波束，例如对于上述的定位参考信号资源3来说，当网络侧配置了波束组的二定位参考信号识别信息为2时，说明定位参考信号资源3此时的波束组对应为1，即定位参考信号资源2在中间位置的那个波束组，从而确定定位参考信号资源对应的波束组。In this embodiment of the present application, when the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured on the network side, the center beam of the sending beam group may be determined according to the second positioning reference signal identification information. For example, for the above positioning reference signal resource 3, when When the two positioning reference signal identification information of the beam group configured on the network side is 2, it indicates that the beam group corresponding to positioning reference signal resource 3 at this time is 1, that is, the beam group at the middle position of positioning reference signal resource 2, so as to determine the positioning reference The beam group corresponding to the signal resource.
本申请实施例中，当网络侧未配置第二定位参考信号识别信息时，可以根据测量的RSRP等，例如对于上述的定位参考信号资源3来说，当测量的定位参考信号资源3的RSRP最大时，说明定位参考信号资源3此时的波束组对应为2，即定位参考信号资源3在中间位置的那个波束组，从而确定定位参考信号资源对应的波束组。In this embodiment of the present application, when the second positioning reference signal identification information is not configured on the network side, the measured RSRP may be used. For example, for the above positioning reference signal resource 3, when the measured RSRP of the positioning reference signal resource 3 is the largest , it is indicated that the beam group corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource 3 at this time is 2, that is, the beam group where the positioning reference signal resource 3 is in the middle position, so as to determine the beam group corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner for sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
a)列表方式指示；如发送波束组{1,2,3}表示该PRS的发送波束组包括发送波束组1，发送波束组2和发送波束组3；a) Indication in the form of a list; for example, the transmit beam group {1, 2, 3} indicates that the transmit beam group of the PRS includes transmit beam group 1, transmit beam group 2 and transmit beam group 3;
b)直接指示，例如指示PRS的发送波束组为组1，组2，组3。b) Direct indication, for example, indicating that the transmit beam groups of the PRS are group 1, group 2, and group 3.
6)定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；6) priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
7)发送波束角度范围(角度搜索窗信息)；7) Send beam angle range (angle search window information);
8)需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；8) The number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
9)相邻发送波束的数目；9) the number of adjacent transmit beams;
相邻发送波束指的是一种空间关系，即定位参考信号的发送波束在空间上是相邻的，可以是水平方向上相邻，垂直方向上相邻，或者，三维方向上相邻。The adjacent transmit beams refer to a spatial relationship, that is, the transmit beams of the positioning reference signal are adjacent in space, which may be adjacent in the horizontal direction, adjacent in the vertical direction, or adjacent in the three-dimensional direction.
本申请实施例中，相邻发送波束比需要上报的发送波束的数目少1。In this embodiment of the present application, the number of adjacent transmit beams is 1 less than the number of transmit beams to be reported.
10)发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；10) The type of the transmission beam, the type of the beam includes at least one of the following: a horizontal transmission beam, a vertical transmission beam, and a three-dimensional transmission beam;
11)相邻波束的指示方式；11) Indication method of adjacent beams;
可选地，所述相邻波束的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner of the adjacent beams includes at least one of the following:
通过定位参考信号ID进行指示；Indicate by positioning reference signal ID;
通过定位参考信号的发送时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the time sequence of the transmission of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号的接收时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the receiving time sequence of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第一列表进行指示；Indicate through the first list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第二列表进行指示；Indicate through the second list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过发送波束角度信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam angle information;
通过发送波束索引信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam index information;
通过发送波束组信息进行指示。Indicate by sending beam group information.
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号为定位参考信号识别信息第二列表中的定位参考信号。Optionally, the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
12)基站侧天线信息；12) Antenna information on the base station side;
可选地，所述基站侧天线信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the base station side antenna information includes at least one of the following:
面板信息；panel information;
面板内的天线信息；Antenna information in the panel;
面板内的天线间距；Antenna spacing within the panel;
终端设备角度信息；Terminal device angle information;
天线虚拟化信息；Antenna virtualization information;
校准信息；calibration information;
波束角度误差信息；Beam angle error information;
相位误差信息。Phase error information.
本申请实施例中，可选地，面板信息包括以下至少之一：面板识别信息；面板数目信息；面板位置信息。In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the panel information includes at least one of the following: panel identification information; panel number information; panel position information.
其中，面板识别信息为：Among them, the panel identification information is:
1)面板ID，如1…M1,这种情况下可以将面板识别信息和每个面板划分的接收波束识别信息一起用于区分接收波束。1) Panel ID, such as 1...M1, in this case, the panel identification information and the receiving beam identification information divided by each panel can be used to distinguish the receiving beams.
2)面板数量，这种情况下，每个UE划分的接收波束识别信息，可以跟 识别信息的号码确定所述面板识别信息。如一共16个接收波束，ID为0到15，若ID小于8，则认为是1号面板，又比如，若ID为奇数，则是1号面板2) The number of panels, in this case, the identification information of the receiving beams divided by each UE can be determined with the number of the identification information to determine the panel identification information. For example, there are a total of 16 receiving beams, and the IDs are 0 to 15. If the ID is less than 8, it is considered to be the No. 1 panel. For example, if the ID is an odd number, it is the No. 1 panel.
面板位置信息包含但不限于以下至少之一：多个面板的排布信息；面板间距；面板相对于终端本地坐标系或全局坐标系的位置。The panel position information includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: arrangement information of multiple panels; panel spacing; and the position of the panels relative to the local coordinate system or the global coordinate system of the terminal.
面板内的天线信息包含但不限于以下至少之一：天线识别信息；天线数目信息；天线位置信息；天线极化信息。The antenna information in the panel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: antenna identification information; antenna number information; antenna position information; antenna polarization information.
天线位置信息包含但不限于以下至少之一：多个天线的排布信息；天线间距；天线孔径；天线在面板内位置等。The antenna position information includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: arrangement information of multiple antennas; antenna spacing; antenna aperture;
终端设备角度信息包含：终端本地坐标系的角度信息，如终端本地坐标系与全局坐标系的转换参数，至少包含终端本地坐标系的角度α(轴承角)，β(下倾角)和γ(倾斜角)。The terminal device angle information includes: the angle information of the terminal local coordinate system, such as the conversion parameters between the terminal local coordinate system and the global coordinate system, at least the angles α (bearing angle), β (down inclination angle) and γ (tilt angle) of the terminal local coordinate system. horn).
可选地，由于UE移动或翻转，终端设备角度信息可以实时上报。Optionally, as the UE moves or flips, the terminal device angle information can be reported in real time.
天线虚拟化信息包含但不限于以下至少之一：TXRU虚拟化假设；信道状态信息-参考信号(CSI Reference Signal，CSI-RS)端口映射信息；探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)端口映射信息；SRS-pos端口映射信息；PRS端口映射信息等等。The antenna virtualization information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: TXRU virtualization assumption; channel state information-reference signal (CSI Reference Signal, CSI-RS) port mapping information; Sounding Reference Signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) port mapping information ; SRS-pos port mapping information; PRS port mapping information and so on.
校准信息包含但不限于以下至少之一：多个面板是否已校准群延迟(group delay)；是否已校准波束角度偏差等等(由于group delay或波束角度偏差会影响波束图样(beam pattern)或角度判断)；定时误差组(Timing error group)TEG信息；每个TEG的group delay校准值。The calibration information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: whether the group delay has been calibrated for multiple panels; whether the beam angle deviation has been calibrated, etc. (because the group delay or beam angle deviation will affect the beam pattern (beam pattern) or angle judgment); Timing error group (Timing error group) TEG information; group delay calibration value of each TEG.
本申请实施例中，终端接收基站侧天线信息，可以根据基站侧天线信息生成相应的预编码矩阵池，同时，可以更精确地进行信道估计或者获取校准信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal receives the antenna information on the base station side, and can generate a corresponding precoding matrix pool according to the antenna information on the base station side, and at the same time, can perform channel estimation or obtain calibration information more accurately.
13)第二预编码矩阵信息。13) Second precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第二预编码矩阵信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
窄带预编码矩阵池；narrowband precoding matrix pool;
宽带预编码矩阵池；Wideband precoding matrix pool;
过采样参数；oversampling parameter;
离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform，DFT)系数。Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) coefficients.
本申请实施例中，终端可以根据网络侧下发的第二预编码矩阵信息直接获预编码矩阵池，或者根据过采样参数，DFT系数生成相应的预编码矩阵池。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal may directly obtain the precoding matrix pool according to the second precoding matrix information delivered by the network side, or generate a corresponding precoding matrix pool according to the oversampling parameter and DFT coefficients.
本申请实施例中，第一辅助信息可以是一个或多个频率层(frequency layer)、TRP、资源集合(resource set)或资源(resource)下配置的。In this embodiment of the present application, the first auxiliary information may be configured under one or more frequency layers (frequency layers), TRPs, resource sets (resource sets), or resources (resources).
(三)下面对预定义规则的内容进行说明。(3) The following describes the content of the predefined rules.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述预定义规则包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the predefined rule includes at least one of the following:
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号属于同一个资源集合(resource set)或同一发送波束组或同一优先级的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set (resource set) or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, and the priority includes measurement and/or escalation priority;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一测量信息大于第一阈值信息的定位参考信号，其中，所述第一阈值信息是预定义的；The target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
其中，所述第一定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Wherein, the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的定位参考信号；RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal;
首径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP;
参考径RSRP最大的定位参考信号。The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP.
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号的数目根据以下至少之一确定：Optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
1)根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目确定；1) Determined according to the number of transmit beams that need to be measured and/or reported as indicated in the first auxiliary information or the first request information;
可选地，测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号的数目与所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目相同。Optionally, the number of target positioning reference signals to be measured and/or reported is the same as the number of transmit beams that need to be measured and/or reported as indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information.
2)根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的相邻发送波束的数目确定；2) Determined according to the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first auxiliary information or the first request information;
可选地，测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号的数目是所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的相邻发送波束的数目加1。Optionally, the number of target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information plus 1.
3)根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束组中的波束数目确定；3) Determine according to the number of beams in the sending beam group indicated in the first auxiliary information or the first request information;
可选地，测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号的数目与所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束组中的波束数目的数目相同。Optionally, the number of target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of beams in the transmit beam group indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information.
4)根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束的类型确定；4) Determine according to the type of the transmission beam indicated in the first auxiliary information or the first request information;
例如，如果是水平波束或垂直波束，数目为X(X等于3或大于3)，如果是三维波束，数目为Y(Y等于5或大于5)。For example, if it is a horizontal beam or a vertical beam, the number is X (X is equal to 3 or greater than 3), and if it is a three-dimensional beam, the number is Y (Y is equal to 5 or greater than 5).
5)根据预定义的发送波束的数目确定；5) Determined according to the number of predefined transmit beams;
可选地，测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号的数目与预定义的发送波束的数目相同。Optionally, the number of measured and/or reported target positioning reference signals is the same as the number of predefined transmit beams.
6)根据预定义的相邻发送波束的数目确定。6) Determined according to the predefined number of adjacent transmit beams.
可选地，测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号的数目是预定义的相邻发送波束的数目加1。Optionally, the number of measured and/or reported target positioning reference signals is the number of predefined adjacent transmit beams plus 1.
7)根据所述第一请求信息中指示的特定的定位参考信号数目确定。7) Determine according to the specific number of positioning reference signals indicated in the first request information.
可选地，上报的目标定位参考信号的数目与所述特定的定位参考信号数据相同。Optionally, the number of reported target positioning reference signals is the same as the specific positioning reference signal data.
可选地，所述与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam includes at least one of the following:
1)与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息(例如resourceID)相邻的定位参考信号；1) a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information (for example, resourceID);
例如与第一定位参考信号识别信息(如resourceID)差值小于M的定位参考信号(M>0)。For example, a positioning reference signal whose difference value from the first positioning reference signal identification information (eg, resourceID) is smaller than M (M>0).
如图6所示，例如[PRS resource 1,PRS resource 2,PRS resource3,PRS resource4,PRS resource5,PRS resource6]对应的发送波束分别为[beam1，beam2，beam3，beam4,beam5,beam6]，则PRS resource3发送波束相邻的发送波束为PRS resource 2和PRS resource4。As shown in Figure 6, for example, the corresponding transmit beams of [PRS resource 1, PRS resource 2, PRS resource3, PRS resource4, PRS resource5, PRS resource6] are respectively [beam1, beam2, beam3, beam4, beam5, beam6], then PRS The adjacent transmit beams of resource3 transmit beam are PRS resource 2 and PRS resource 4.
2)与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；2) a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
例如与第一定位参考信号的发送时间小于M的定位参考信号(M>0)。For example, the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal is less than M (M>0).
如图7所示，例如，按发送时间排序分别是[PRS resource 2，PRS resource5，PRS resource1，PRS resource3，PRS resource6，PRS resource4]，则PRS resource3发送波束对应的定位参考信号相邻的定位参考信号为PRS resource 1和PRS resource6对应的定位参考信号。As shown in Fig. 7, for example, the order of transmission time is [PRS resource 2, PRS resource5, PRS resource1, PRS resource3, PRS resource6, PRS resource4], then PRS resource3 sends the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam corresponding to the adjacent positioning reference The signals are positioning reference signals corresponding to PRS resource 1 and PRS resource 6.
3)与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号；3) a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal;
例如与第一定位参考信号的接收时间小于N的定位参考信号(N>0)。For example, the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is less than N (N>0).
4)与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束角度信息相邻的定位参考信号；4) a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal;
例如与第一定位参考信号的发送波束角度信息差值小于L的定位参考信号(L>0)。For example, a positioning reference signal whose difference value from the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal is less than L (L>0).
5)与所述第一定位参考信号的波束索引信息相邻的定位参考信号；5) a positioning reference signal adjacent to the beam index information of the first positioning reference signal;
6)与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束组信息相同的定位参考信号；6) a positioning reference signal that is the same as the transmission beam group information of the first positioning reference signal;
7)所述第一定位参考信号的定位参考信号识别信息第一列表中的定位参考信号。7) The positioning reference signal in the first list of the positioning reference signal identification information of the first positioning reference signal.
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号时，定位参考信号的识别信息顺序和发送波束的顺序被配置为相同或一一对应。例如，PRS resource1对应发送波束1，PRS resource2对应发送波束2，PRS resource3对应发送波束3，发送波束1,2,3分别相邻；Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information, the identification information of the positioning reference signal The order and the order of transmit beams are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence. For example, PRS resource1 corresponds to transmit beam 1, PRS resource2 corresponds to transmit beam 2, PRS resource3 corresponds to transmit beam 3, and transmit beams 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent respectively;
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为以下至少之一时，定位参考信号的发送时间顺序和发送波束的顺序相同或一一对应：Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is at least one of the following, the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal is the same as or in a one-to-one correspondence with the transmission beam sequence:
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号。A positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal.
例如，PRS resource1，PRS resource2，PRS resource3依次发送，则他们对应分别对应发送波束1,2,3，发送波束1,2,3分别相邻。For example, if PRS resource1, PRS resource2, and PRS resource3 are sent in sequence, they correspond to transmit beams 1, 2, and 3, respectively, and transmit beams 1, 2, and 3 are adjacent to each other.
(四)下面对第一请求信息的内容进行说明。(4) The following describes the content of the first request information.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
本申请实施例中，可选地，测量和/或上报的所述目标定位参考信号的数目与所述特定的定位参考信号的数目相同。In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of the specific positioning reference signals.
本申请实施例中，可选地，通过以下至少之一的方式确定目标定位参考信号：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the target positioning reference signal is determined by at least one of the following methods:
所述目标定位参考信号为发送波束角度信息属于所述发送波束角度范围内的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
所述目标定位参考信号为第一测量信息大于所述第二阈值信息的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号识别信息对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息相同或相邻的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same or adjacent transmission beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组相同的定 位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the beam group of the specific positioning reference signal;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束优先级相同的定位参考信号。The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
在本实施例中，还可以通过第一请求信息动态指示相邻波束相关配置的更新。In this embodiment, the update of the related configuration of adjacent beams may also be dynamically indicated through the first request information.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
LTE定位协议(LTE Positioning Protocol，LPP)消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) message RequestLocationInformation IE;
媒体接入控制层控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element，MAC CE)；Media Access Control Layer Control Element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE);
下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)；Downlink Control Information (DCI);
NPRRa消息。NPRRa message.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述终端接收网络侧下发的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。In the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: the terminal receives first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement of the adjacent beam needs to be reported information.
可选地，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，并在附加测量(additional measurement)中上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；reporting the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement (additional measurement);
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的识别信息和第一测量信息；reporting first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则在additional measurement中只需上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement. - measurement information;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，若网络侧指 示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes targets other than the first positioning reference signal. First measurement information of the positioning reference signal.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述终端向网络侧上报设备能力信息，所述能力信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: the terminal reporting device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
是否支持测量特定的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of specific positioning reference signals;
是否支持上报特定的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting of the first measurement information of a specific positioning reference signal;
是否支持测量相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of positioning reference signals corresponding to adjacent transmit beams;
是否支持上报相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting the first measurement information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmit beam;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号识别信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through the positioning reference signal identification information;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号发送时间和/或接收时间指示相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmission beam through the positioning reference signal transmission time and/or the reception time;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束索引信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam index information;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束组信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam group information;
是否支持网络侧通过优先级信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through priority information, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
支持的相邻波束的指示方式；Indication of supported adjacent beams;
支持测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目。Number of adjacent beams supported for measurement and/or reporting.
是否支持定位参考信号的天线切换；Whether to support antenna switching of positioning reference signals;
支持定位中天线切换的发送端口数；The number of transmit ports that support antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的发送次数；Supports the number of transmissions for antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的映射方式。Supports the mapping method of antenna switching in positioning.
可选地，确定目标定位参考信号包括：若指示给所述终端的需要测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目大于所述终端的设备能力，根据定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息确定测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号。Optionally, determining the target positioning reference signal includes: if the number of adjacent beams that need to be measured and/or reported to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, determining the measurement according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource. and/or the reported target positioning reference signal.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述终端接收网络侧下发的第二辅助信息，根据所述第二辅助信息，接收网络侧发送的定位参考信号，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: the terminal receiving second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receiving, according to the second auxiliary information, a positioning reference signal sent by the network side, the The second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
1)定位参考信号的使用场景(usage)；1) The usage scenario of the positioning reference signal (usage);
所述使用场景用于配置给UE相应定位参考信号的发送天线端口，发送方式和/或重复方式等。The usage scenario is used to configure the transmission antenna port, transmission mode and/or repetition mode, etc. of the corresponding positioning reference signal to the UE.
2)定位参考信号对应的发送端口数；2) The number of transmission ports corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
3)定位参考信号对应的发送次数；3) The number of times of transmission corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
4)定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；4) The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
5)定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；5) The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
6)定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；6) The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
7)定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式。7) The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching.
其中，发送端口数表示发送一个定位参考信号资源使用的端口数，发送次数表示一个定位参考信号发送时机下最多可以发送的定位参考信号资源个数，每次发送在不同的符号上进行发送，每次发送使用的发送端口不能完全相同。The number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity. The send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
可选地，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。Optionally, a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置包括：X个发送端口数和Y次发送，X和Y均为大于等于1的正整数。例如，'tXrY'for XTYR,表示Y个PRS在不同的符号上传输，每个PRS在X个端口上发送，Y个PRS用不同的端口发送。Optionally, the correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or, the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes: the number of X transmission ports and Y times of transmission, and both X and Y are greater than or equal to 1. positive integer of . For example, 'tXrY' for XTYR, means that Y PRSs are transmitted on different symbols, each PRS is sent on X ports, and Y PRSs are sent on different ports.
可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or, the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes at least one of the following:
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中的M个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；M positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are mapped to each transmission;
L个定位参考信号资源集合中的N个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中A个定位参考信号资源的B个重复映射到各次发送；B repeated mapping of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set to each transmission;
C个定位参考信号资源集合中的D个定位参考信号资源的E个重复映射到各次发送；E repetitions of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
其中，各次发送对应的端口各不相同，M,L,N,A,B,C,D,E均为大于0的整数。The ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
可选地，若定位参考信号资源的个数和发送次数相等，则每个定位参考信号资源对应到每次发送；Optionally, if the number of positioning reference signal resources is equal to the number of times of transmission, each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数大于发送次数，则前Y个定位参考信号资源对应Y次发送，之后的定位参考信号资源每Y个重复对应Y次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is greater than the number of transmissions, the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数小于发送次数，则发送次数和定位参考信号资源个数相同。If the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
本申请实施例中，若同一个定位参考信号资源集合中的M个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送，则定位参考信号资源个数为M；若L个定位参考信号资源集合中的N个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送，则定位参考信号资源个数为L*N；若同一个定位参考信号资源集合中A个定位参考信号资源的B个重复映射到各次发送，则定位参考信号资源个数为A*B；若C个定位参考信号资源集合中的D个定位参考信号资源的E个重复映射到各次发送，则定位参考信号资源个数为C*D*E。In the embodiment of the present application, if M positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are mapped to each transmission, the number of positioning reference signal resources is M; if N positioning reference signal resource sets in the L positioning reference signal resource sets If the positioning reference signal resources are mapped to each transmission, the number of positioning reference signal resources is L*N; if B of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are repeatedly mapped to each transmission, the positioning reference signal The number of signal resources is A*B; if E of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are repeatedly mapped to each transmission, the number of positioning reference signal resources is C*D*E.
本申请实施例中，可选地，每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应同一个接收波束，所述同一个接收波束包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam, and the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
接收同步信号块(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block，SSB)对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the Synchronization Signal and PBCH block (SSB);
接收物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)或(物理下行共享信道Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)对应的接收波束；例如上一次接收PDCCH/PDSCH对应的接收波束；Receive the receiving beam corresponding to the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH); for example, the receiving beam corresponding to the last received PDCCH/PDSCH;
所有目标定位参考信号中RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receive beam of the reference signal with the largest RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
所有目标定位参考信号中首径RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receiving beam of the reference signal with the largest first-path RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
与发送信道探测用参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)的发送波束对应的接收波束；例如上一次发送SRS的发送波束对应的接收波束；The receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam of the sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) of the transmit channel; for example, the receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that sent the SRS last time;
与发送物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)或物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)的发送波束对应的接收波束；例如上一次发送PUCCH或PUSCH的发送波束对应的接收波束；。The receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that sends the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) or Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH); for example, the receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that sent PUCCH or PUSCH last time; .
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述终端上报每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应的接收波束信息，包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the terminal reports receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
接收波束索引；receive beam index;
终端方向信息；terminal direction information;
终端旋转信息；terminal rotation information;
接收波束角度信息。Receive beam angle information.
请参考图8，本申请实施例还提供一种定位方法，包括：Referring to FIG. 8 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning method, including:
步骤81：LMF向终端发送以下至少之一：Step 81: The LMF sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
LMF接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
本申请实施例中，通过LMF配置和/或请求，指示终端测量和/或上报哪些目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息更有利于提高定位精度，使得UE能够确定更优的定位参考信号，上报这些定位参考信号的第一测量结果，从而使得AoD的精度能够提高。In the embodiment of the present application, the first measurement information of which target positioning reference signals are instructed by the terminal to measure and/or report through the LMF configuration and/or request is more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine a better positioning reference signal and report it. The first measurement results of these positioning reference signals, thereby enabling the accuracy of the AoD to be improved.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
所述第一辅助信息的相关描述可以参见上述终端侧的描述，不再一一说明。For the relevant description of the first auxiliary information, reference may be made to the foregoing description on the terminal side, and will not be described one by one.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先 级；priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in the following message:
LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
NRPPa消息。NRPPa message.
所述第一请求信息的相关描述可以参见上述终端侧的描述，不再一一说明。For the relevant description of the first request information, reference may be made to the foregoing description on the terminal side, and will not be described one by one.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。In the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: the network-side device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement information of adjacent beams needs to be reported .
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述网络侧设备向终端发送第二辅助信息，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：In the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: the network-side device sends second auxiliary information to the terminal, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
定位参考信号对应的发送端口数；The number of transmission ports corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
定位参考信号对应的发送次数；The number of times the positioning reference signal is sent;
定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式；The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching;
其中，发送端口数表示发送一个定位参考信号资源使用的端口数，发送次数表示一个定位参考信号发送时机下最多可以发送的定位参考信号资源个数，每次发送在不同的符号上进行发送，每次发送使用的发送端口不能完全相同。The number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity. The send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
可选地，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长 度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。Optionally, a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述定位方法还包括：所述LMF接收所述终端上报的所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；In the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the positioning method further includes: receiving, by the LMF, first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal reported by the terminal;
所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：The first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
RSRP信息；RSRP information;
相位信息；phase information;
首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
首径相位信息；first path phase information;
参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
首径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
首径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the first path;
参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
所述第一测量信息的相关描述可以参见上述终端侧的描述，不再一一说明。For the relevant description of the first measurement information, reference may be made to the foregoing description on the terminal side, and will not be described one by one.
请参考图9，本申请实施例还提供一种定位方法，包括：Referring to FIG. 9 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning method, including:
步骤91：基站向终端发送以下至少之一：Step 91: The base station sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
基站向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The first auxiliary information sent by the base station to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
本申请实施例中，通过基站配置和/或请求，指示终端测量和/或上报哪些目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息更有利于提高定位精度，使得UE能够确定更优的定位参考信号，上报这些定位参考信号的第一测量结果，从而使得AoD的精度能够提高。In the embodiment of the present application, the first measurement information of which target positioning reference signals are instructed by the base station to measure and/or report through the base station configuration and/or request is more conducive to improving the positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine a better positioning reference signal and report it. The first measurement results of these positioning reference signals, thereby enabling the accuracy of the AoD to be improved.
本申请实施例中，可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：In this embodiment of the present application, optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
所述第一辅助信息的相关描述可以参见上述终端侧的描述，不再一一说明。For the relevant description of the first auxiliary information, reference may be made to the foregoing description on the terminal side, and will not be described one by one.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
NRPPa消息；NRPPa message;
MAC CE；MAC CE;
DCI。DCI.
所述第一请求信息的相关描述可以参见上述终端侧的描述，不再一一说明。For the relevant description of the first request information, reference may be made to the foregoing description on the terminal side, and will not be described one by one.
下面举例对本申请实施例的定位方法进行说明。The positioning method according to the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking an example.
本申请实施例一：Embodiment 1 of the present application:
网络侧配置的第一辅助信息可以如下：The first auxiliary information configured on the network side may be as follows:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000005
或者如下：or as follows:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000006
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表或定位参考信号识别信息第二列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the first list of positioning reference signal identification information or the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
1)水平方向定位参考信号识别信息列表，如{PRS resource ID1，PRS resource ID2，……PRS resource IDn}，指示与dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16在水平方向上相邻或更优的PRS的ID。1) A list of horizontal positioning reference signal identification information, such as {PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2,...PRS resource IDn}, indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent or better in the horizontal direction to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 .
2)垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息列表，如{PRS resource ID1，PRS resource ID2，……PRS resource IDn}，指示与dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16在垂直方向上相邻或更优的PRS的ID。2) Vertical positioning reference signal identification information list, such as {PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2, ...PRS resource IDn}, indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent or better in the vertical direction to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 .
3)三维方向定位参考信号识别信息列表，如{PRS resource ID1，PRS resource ID2，……PRS resource IDn}，指示与dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16在三维方向上相邻或更优的PRS的ID。3) Three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal identification information list, such as {PRS resource ID1, PRS resource ID2,...PRS resource IDn}, indicating the ID of the PRS adjacent to dl-PRS-SequenceID-r16 in the three-dimensional direction or better .
发送波束索引信息包括以下至少之一：The transmit beam index information includes at least one of the following:
1)水平方向发送波束索引。若水平方向有8个波束角度，按照一定的顺序对波束进行索引，比如水平方向第一个波束的波束索引为1，第二个波束的波束索引为2，……第八个波束的波束索引为8。若UE测量的第一定位参考信号的波束索引为3，则与3相邻的两个水平波束索引(1和2)对应的PRS则为水平方向上相邻PRS或更优的PRS。1) Transmit the beam index in the horizontal direction. If there are 8 beam angles in the horizontal direction, index the beams in a certain order. For example, the beam index of the first beam in the horizontal direction is 1, the beam index of the second beam is 2, ... the beam index of the eighth beam is 8. If the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 3, the PRS corresponding to the two horizontal beam indices (1 and 2) adjacent to 3 are the adjacent PRS in the horizontal direction or a better PRS.
2)垂直方向发送波束索引。若垂直方向有8个波束角度，按照一定的顺序对波束进行索引，比如垂直方向第一个波束的波束索引为1，第二个波束的波束索引为2，……第八个波束的波束索引为8。若UE测量的第一定位参考信号的波束索引为3，则与3相邻的两个垂直波束索引(1和2)对应的PRS则为垂直方向上相邻PRS或更优的PRS。2) Send the beam index in the vertical direction. If there are 8 beam angles in the vertical direction, index the beams in a certain order, for example, the beam index of the first beam in the vertical direction is 1, the beam index of the second beam is 2, ... the beam index of the eighth beam is 8. If the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 3, the PRS corresponding to the two vertical beam indices (1 and 2) adjacent to 3 are the adjacent PRS in the vertical direction or a better PRS.
3)三维方向发送束索引。方式一为水平方向-垂直方向发送波束索引组，若水平方向有8个波束角度，垂直方向也有8个波束角度，那么一共有64个三维波束角度。按照一定的顺序对波束进行索引，比如[水平方向第一个波束角度垂直方向第一个波束的波束角度]对应的波束索引为[1,1]，[水平方向第一个波束角度垂直方向第二个波束的波束角度]的波束索引为[1,2]，……[水平方向第一个波束角度垂直方向第八个波束的波束]的波束索引为[1,8]……[水平方向第四个波束角度垂直方向第四个波束的波束]的波束索引为 [4,4]……[水平方向第八个波束角度垂直方向第八个波束的波束]的波束索引为[8,8]。若UE测量的第一定位参考信号的三维波束索引为[3,4]，则与[3,4]相邻的四个波束索引([2,4],[4,4],[3,2],[3,5])对应的PRS则为三维方向上相邻PRS或更优的PRS。方式二为三维方向发送波束索引，如按照一定顺序对64个波束进行编号，例如从角度小的开始排序，对应64个三维方向发送波束索引，若UE测量的第一定位参考信号的波束索引为12，则与12相邻的两个三维波束索引(11和13)对应的PRS则为三维方向上相邻PRS或更优的PRS。本申请实施例二：3) Three-dimensional direction transmit beam index. Mode 1 is to transmit the beam index group in the horizontal direction-vertical direction. If there are 8 beam angles in the horizontal direction and 8 beam angles in the vertical direction, there are 64 three-dimensional beam angles in total. The beams are indexed in a certain order, for example, [the beam angle of the first beam angle in the horizontal direction and the beam angle of the first beam in the vertical direction] corresponds to the beam index [1,1], [the first beam angle in the horizontal direction and the first beam angle in the vertical direction] The beam index of the beam angle of the two beams] is [1, 2], ... [the beam index of the eighth beam in the vertical direction of the first beam angle in the horizontal direction] is [1, 8] ... [horizontal direction] The beam index of the fourth beam angle of the fourth beam in the vertical direction] is [4,4]...[The beam index of the eighth beam in the vertical direction of the eighth beam angle in the horizontal direction] is [8,8] ]. If the 3D beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is [3,4], then the four beam indices adjacent to [3,4] ([2,4],[4,4],[3, 2], [3, 5]) The corresponding PRS is the adjacent PRS in the three-dimensional direction or a better PRS. Mode 2 is to send beam indices in the three-dimensional direction. For example, 64 beams are numbered in a certain order, for example, they are sorted from the smallest angle, corresponding to the 64 beam indices sent in the three-dimensional direction. If the beam index of the first positioning reference signal measured by the UE is 12, then the PRSs corresponding to the two 3D beam indices (11 and 13) adjacent to 12 are adjacent PRSs in the 3D direction or better PRSs. The second embodiment of the present application:
请参考图10，在一个实施例中，按照预定义规则确定目标定位参考信号，具体步骤如下：Referring to FIG. 10, in one embodiment, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to a predefined rule, and the specific steps are as follows:
步骤1：终端和LMF之间进行终端能力沟通。Step 1: Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
即终端将设备能力信息上报给LMF，所述能力信息可以参见上述实施例中的描述，不再一一说明。That is, the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF. For the capability information, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
步骤2：终端向LMF发送Request assistant data(辅助请求数据)；Step 2: The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF;
步骤3：LMF向终端发送Provide assistant data(辅助支持数据)，该Provide assistant data中携带第一辅助信息；Step 3: The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
步骤4：基站向终端发送定位参考信号(PRS)；Step 4: the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
步骤5：终端根据预定义规则，确定目标定位参考信号，以及确定并测量目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Step 5: The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the predefined rule, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
步骤6：LMF向终端发送LPP Request Location Information(LTE定位协议请求位置信息)；Step 6: LMF sends LPP Request Location Information (LTE positioning protocol request location information) to the terminal;
步骤7：终端向LMF发送LPP Provide Location Information(LTE定位协议提供位置信息)，LPP Provide Location Information中携带目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Step 7: The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
步骤8：LMF根据接收到的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，对终端进行定位。Step 8: The LMF locates the terminal according to the received first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
请参考图11，在一些实施例中，根据网络侧发送的第一请求信息，确定目标定位参考信号，具体步骤如下：Referring to FIG. 11 , in some embodiments, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to the first request information sent by the network side, and the specific steps are as follows:
步骤1：终端和LMF之间进行终端能力沟通。Step 1: Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
即终端将设备能力信息上报给LMF，所述能力信息可以参见上述实施例中的描述，不再一一说明。That is, the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF. For the capability information, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
步骤2：终端向LMF发送Request assistant data(辅助请求数据)；Step 2: The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF;
步骤3：LMF向终端发送Provide assistant data(辅助支持数据)，该Provide assistant data中携带第一辅助信息；Step 3: The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
步骤4：基站向终端发送定位参考信号(PRS)；Step 4: the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
步骤5：LMF向终端发送LPP Request Location Information(LTE定位协议请求位置信息)，携带第一请求信息；第一请求信息的内容参见上述实施例中的描述，不再一一说明。Step 5: The LMF sends LPP Request Location Information (LTE positioning protocol request location information) to the terminal, carrying the first request information; the content of the first request information refers to the description in the above embodiment, and will not be described one by one.
步骤6：终端根据第一请求信息，确定目标定位参考信号，以及确定并测量目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Step 6: The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first request information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
步骤7：终端向LMF发送LPP Provide Location Information(LTE定位协议提供位置信息)，LPP Provide Location Information中携带目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Step 7: The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
步骤8：LMF根据接收到的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，对终端进行定位。Step 8: The LMF locates the terminal according to the received first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
请参考图12，在一些实施例中，网络侧动态指示相邻或更优的PRS的第一测量信息的上报，具体步骤如下：Referring to FIG. 12 , in some embodiments, the network side dynamically indicates the reporting of the first measurement information of the adjacent or better PRS, and the specific steps are as follows:
步骤1：终端和LMF之间进行终端能力沟通。Step 1: Terminal capability communication is performed between the terminal and the LMF.
即终端将设备能力信息上报给LMF，所述能力信息可以参见上述实施例中的描述，不再一一说明。That is, the terminal reports the device capability information to the LMF. For the capability information, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described one by one.
步骤2：终端向LMF发送Request assistant data(辅助请求数据)；Step 2: The terminal sends Request assistant data to the LMF;
步骤3：LMF向终端发送Provide assistant data(辅助支持数据)，该Provide assistant data中携带第一辅助信息；Step 3: The LMF sends the Provide assistant data (auxiliary support data) to the terminal, and the Provide assistant data carries the first auxiliary information;
步骤4：基站向终端发送定位参考信号(PRS)；Step 4: the base station sends a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the terminal;
步骤5：终端根据第一辅助信息，确定目标定位参考信号，并确定和测量目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Step 5: the terminal determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first auxiliary information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
步骤6：终端向LMF发送LPP Provide Location Information(LTE定位协议提供位置信息)，LPP Provide Location Information中携带目标定位参考信号 的第一测量信息。Step 6: The terminal sends the LPP Provide Location Information (the LTE positioning protocol provides location information) to the LMF, and the LPP Provide Location Information carries the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
步骤7：LMF根据接收到的第一测量信息，确定第一请求信息；Step 7: the LMF determines the first request information according to the received first measurement information;
步骤8：基站或LMF向终端发送第一请求信息；Step 8: the base station or the LMF sends the first request information to the terminal;
步骤9：终端根据第一请求信息，重新确定目标定位参考信号，并确定和测量目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Step 9: the terminal re-determines the target positioning reference signal according to the first request information, and determines and measures the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
步骤10：终端向LMF上报重新测量的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Step 10: The terminal reports the first measurement information of the re-measured target positioning reference signal to the LMF.
本申请实施例三：The third embodiment of the present application:
本申请实施例中，目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息的上报方式包括以下方式中的至少之一：In the embodiment of the present application, the reporting manner of the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following manners:
方式1：上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，在additional measurement中上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，例如上报相邻PRS的第一测量信息。Mode 1: Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement, for example, report the first measurement information of the adjacent PRS.
下述加粗部分是第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，画横线部分为除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。The following bold part is the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and the part with horizontal lines is the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal.
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000007
方式3：上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，所述 测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的识别信息和第一测量信息，例如相邻PRS的第一测量信息。Manner 3: Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal, such as phase The first measurement information of the neighboring PRS.
如下所示：As follows:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000008
方式3：上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则additional measurement中只需要上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Mode 3: Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement of the first measurement information.
如下所示：As follows:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000010
方式4：上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Mode 4: Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes the first positioning reference signal except the first positioning reference signal. other than the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal.
如下所示：As follows:
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022080913-appb-000011
本申请实施例四：The fourth embodiment of the present application:
本申请实施例中，对相邻预编码矩阵的测量和上报进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the measurement and reporting of adjacent precoding matrices are described.
UE-based定位：UE-based positioning:
1)LMF或基站配置给UE预编码矩阵池(包括宽带预编码矩阵池和/或窄带预编码矩阵池)；和/或1) The LMF or the base station configures the UE precoding matrix pool (including the wideband precoding matrix pool and/or the narrowband precoding matrix pool); and/or
2)LMF或基站配置给UE生成预编码矩阵池所需的参数，如天线面板 配置信息(天线面板间距，数目，过采样因子等)；2) LMF or base station is configured to UE to generate the required parameters of the precoding matrix pool, such as antenna panel configuration information (antenna panel spacing, number, oversampling factor, etc.);
3)UE通过以上两种方式中的至少一种获取预编码矩阵池及每个预编码矩阵对应的角度信息；UE根据测量得到的信道，对预编码矩阵池中的每个预编码矩阵进行搜索，确定信道响应最大的预编码矩阵对应的角度即为测量得到的AoD角度。3) The UE obtains the precoding matrix pool and the angle information corresponding to each precoding matrix through at least one of the above two methods; the UE searches each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix pool according to the channel obtained by measurement , and the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest channel response is determined as the measured AoD angle.
4)UE根据AoD角度进行位置解算。4) The UE performs position calculation according to the AoD angle.
5)可选地，UE上报位置信息和预编码矩阵信息(预编码矩阵索引和/或对应的角度)。5) Optionally, the UE reports location information and precoding matrix information (precoding matrix index and/or corresponding angle).
UE-assisted定位：UE-assisted positioning:
1)LMF或基站配置给UE预编码矩阵池(包括宽带预编码矩阵池和/或窄带预编码矩阵池)；和/或1) The LMF or the base station configures the UE precoding matrix pool (including the wideband precoding matrix pool and/or the narrowband precoding matrix pool); and/or
2)LMF或基站配置给UE生成预编码矩阵池所需的参数，如天线面板配置信息(天线面板间距，数目，过采样因子等)；2) The LMF or the base station configures the parameters required for the UE to generate a precoding matrix pool, such as antenna panel configuration information (antenna panel spacing, number, oversampling factor, etc.);
3)UE通过以上两种方式中的至少一种获取预编码矩阵池及每个预编码矩阵对应的角度信息；UE根据测量得到的信道，对预编码矩阵池中的每个预编码矩阵进行搜索，确定信道响应最大的预编码矩阵对应的角度即为测量得到的AoD角度。3) The UE obtains the precoding matrix pool and the angle information corresponding to each precoding matrix through at least one of the above two methods; the UE searches each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix pool according to the channel obtained by measurement , and the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix with the largest channel response is determined as the measured AoD angle.
4)UE上报第一测量信息，包括以下至少之一：4) The UE reports the first measurement information, including at least one of the following:
确定的使得信道响应最大的预编码矩阵索引；The determined precoding matrix index that maximizes the channel response;
确定的使得信道响应最大的预编码矩阵对应的信道响应(RSRP)；The determined channel response (RSRP) corresponding to the precoding matrix that maximizes the channel response;
确定的使得信道响应最大的预编码矩阵对应的首径信道响应(首径RSRP)；The first-path channel response (first-path RSRP) corresponding to the determined precoding matrix that maximizes the channel response;
相邻的预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻的预编码矩阵对应的信道响应(RSRP)；The channel response (RSRP) corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix;
相邻的预编码矩阵对应的首径信道响应(首径RSRP)；First-path channel responses (first-path RSRP) corresponding to adjacent precoding matrices;
5)LMF根据UE上报的第一测量信息计算AoD角度，并进行位置解算。5) The LMF calculates the AoD angle according to the first measurement information reported by the UE, and performs position calculation.
本申请实施例五：The fifth embodiment of the present application:
本申请实施例中，对首径及其相关测量量的定义进行说明。In the embodiments of the present application, the definitions of the head diameter and its related measurement quantities are described.
1.首径的定义包括以下之一：1. The definition of the first path includes one of the following:
1)首径是对一个PRS resource或SRS resource进行测量第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和子帧i的起始时间距离最小的径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resource或SRS resource的子帧；1) The first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of subframe i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. resource or subframe of SRS resource;
2)首径是对一个PRS resource或SRS resource进行测量第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和符号i的起始时间距离最小的径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resource或SRS resource的符号；2) The first path is the first path detected when a PRS resource or SRS resource is measured, that is, the path with the smallest distance between the time when the path is received and the start time of symbol i, where subframe i is the path where the PRS is received. symbol of resource or SRS resource;
3)首径是对若干PRS resources或SRS resources进行测量，各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径，其中每个PRS resources或SRS resources下第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和子帧i的起始时间距离最小的径为该PRS resource或SRS resource的首径，其中子帧i是收到该PRS resources或SRS resource的子帧,各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径为首径；3) The first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, where the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources, that is, received The path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the start time of subframe i is the first path of the PRS resource or SRS resource, where subframe i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and each first detected The path with the smallest delay among the paths is the first path;
4)首径是对若干PRS resources或SRS resources进行测量，各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径，其中每个PRS resources或SRS resources下第一个检测到的径，即接收到该径的时间和符号i的起始时间距离最小的径为该PRS resources或SRS resources的首径，其中符号i是收到该PRS resources或SRS resource的子帧,各个第一个检测到的径中时延最小的径为首径；4) The first path is to measure several PRS resources or SRS resources, and the path with the smallest delay among the first detected paths, in which the first detected path under each PRS resources or SRS resources is received. The path with the smallest distance between the time of the path and the starting time of symbol i is the first path of the PRS resources or SRS resources, where the symbol i is the subframe in which the PRS resources or SRS resources are received, and the first detected path of each The path with the smallest delay is the first path;
2.首径RSRP的定义包括以下之一：2. The definition of first path RSRP includes one of the following:
1)首径对应的CIR响应的幅度值；1) The amplitude value of the CIR response corresponding to the head diameter;
2)首径对应的信道的接收能量/功率；2) The received energy/power of the channel corresponding to the first path;
3)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的DL PRS参考信号的资源元素在首径上的功率的线性平均。3) Linear averaging of the power over the first path of the resource elements of the DL PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth.
3.首径相位的定义包括以下之一:3. The definition of the first radial phase includes one of the following:
1)首径对应的CIR响应的相位值1) The phase value of the CIR response corresponding to the head diameter
2)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的DL PRS参考信号的资源元素在首径上的相位值的线性平均。2) Linear averaging of the phase values of the resource elements of the DL PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration on the first path within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth.
3)在考虑的测量频率带宽内携带RSRP测量配置的DL PRS参考信号在每个资源元素的首径上的相位值。3) The phase value of the DL PRS reference signal carrying the RSRP measurement configuration on the first path of each resource element within the considered measurement frequency bandwidth.
4.首径角度的定义包括以下之一：4. The definition of the head radius angle includes one of the following:
1)首径的到达角/离开角相对于某个参考方向的水平和/或垂直角度，其中参考方向可以是In the global coordinate system(GCS)或者In the local coordinate system(LCS)；1) The horizontal and/or vertical angle of the arrival/departure angle of the head path relative to a reference direction, where the reference direction may be In the global coordinate system (GCS) or In the local coordinate system (LCS);
5.首径RSTD的定义包括以下之一：5. The definition of first path RSTD includes one of the following:
1)传输点(TP)j和参考TP i之间的下行子帧相对时差，定义为TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi，其中下行子帧j和下行子帧i分别是接收到定位参考信号的首径的子帧；1) The relative time difference of downlink subframes between transmission point (TP) j and reference TP i, defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, where downlink subframe j and downlink subframe i are respectively the subframes of the first path of the received positioning reference signal ;
2)传输点(TP)j和参考TP i之间的下行符号相对时差，定义为TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi，其中下行符号j和下行符号i分别是接收到定位参考信号的首径的符号；2) the relative time difference of downlink symbols between transmission point (TP) j and reference TP i, defined as TSubframeRxj-TSubframeRxi, wherein downlink symbol j and downlink symbol i are respectively the symbols of the first path of the received positioning reference signal;
6.首径TOA的定义包括以下之一：6. The definition of first path TOA includes one of the following:
1)接收点(RP)j接收的子帧i的开始相对于参考时间的相对时间差，其中子帧i是接收到定位参考信号的首径的子帧；1) the relative time difference of the beginning of the subframe i received by the receiving point (RP) j with respect to the reference time, wherein the subframe i is the subframe on which the first path of the positioning reference signal is received;
2)接收点(RP)j接收的符号i的开始相对于参考时间的相对时间差，其中符号i是接收到定位参考信号的首径的符号。2) The relative time difference of the beginning of the symbol i received by the receiving point (RP) j with respect to the reference time, where the symbol i is the symbol of the first path of the received positioning reference signal.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的定位方法，执行主体可以为定位装置，或者，该定位装置中的用于执行定位方法的控制模块。本申请实施例中以定位装置执行定位方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的定位装置。It should be noted that, in the positioning method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the execution body may be a positioning device, or a control module in the positioning device for executing the positioning method. In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the positioning device executing the positioning method as an example.
请参考图13，本申请实施例还提供一种定位装置130，包括：Referring to FIG. 13, an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 130, including:
确定模块131，用于确定目标定位参考信号；a determining module 131, configured to determine a target positioning reference signal;
处理模块132，用于确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；a processing module 132, configured to determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
可选地，所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
RSRP信息；RSRP information;
相位信息；phase information;
首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
首径相位信息；first path phase information;
参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一预编码矩阵信息用于确定角度信息，包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, including at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
预编码矩阵索引；precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引；adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引；wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引；narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first-path RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP。First-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index.
可选地，所述相邻预编码矩阵通过以下方式中的至少之一指示：Optionally, the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following manners:
通过预编码矩阵索引指示；Indicated by the precoding matrix index;
通过预编码矩阵对应的角度指示。It is indicated by the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix.
可选地，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
首径的参考信号时间差RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
首径的到达时间TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the arrival time of the first path;
参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述基站侧天线信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the base station side antenna information further includes at least one of the following:
面板信息；panel information;
面板内的天线信息；Antenna information in the panel;
面板内的天线间距；Antenna spacing within the panel;
终端设备角度信息；Terminal device angle information;
天线虚拟化信息；Antenna virtualization information;
校准信息；calibration information;
波束角度误差信息；Beam angle error information;
相位误差信息。Phase error information.
可选地，所述第二预编码矩阵信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
窄带预编码矩阵池；narrowband precoding matrix pool;
宽带预编码矩阵池；Wideband precoding matrix pool;
过采样参数；oversampling parameter;
DFT系数。DFT coefficients.
可选地，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；The first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；a first list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表。The first list of identification information of the three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal.
所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；the second list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；a second list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表。The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
可选地，所述发送波束角度信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmit beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束水平角度；Transmit beam horizontal angle;
发送波束垂直角度；The vertical angle of the transmit beam;
角度误差信息；angle error information;
角度置信度信息；Angle confidence information;
发送波束宽度信息。Send beamwidth information.
可选地，所述发送波束索引信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of the sending beam index information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向发送波束索引；Transmit beam index in the horizontal direction;
垂直方向发送波束索引；Send beam index in vertical direction;
三维方向发送波束索引。3D direction transmit beam index.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束组识别信息；transmit beam group identification information;
发送波束组中的波束数目。The number of beams in the transmit beam group.
可选地，发送波束组识别信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the horizontal direction;
垂直方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the vertical direction;
三维方向发送波束组识别信息。The beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息还包括：第二定位参考信号识别信息，所述第二定位参考信号识别信息由网络侧配置，用于指示一个发送波束组的中心波束对应的定位参考信号。Optionally, the sending beam group information further includes: second positioning reference signal identification information, where the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate a positioning reference signal corresponding to a center beam of a sending beam group .
可选地，所述发送波束组信息的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner for sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
列表方式指示；List mode instructions;
直接指示。direct instructions.
可选地，所述相邻波束的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner of the adjacent beams includes at least one of the following:
通过定位参考信号ID进行指示；Indicate by positioning reference signal ID;
通过定位参考信号的发送时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the time sequence of the transmission of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号的接收时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the receiving time sequence of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第一列表进行指示；Indicate through the first list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第二列表进行指示；Indicate through the second list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过发送波束角度信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam angle information;
通过发送波束索引信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam index information;
通过发送波束组信息进行指示。Indicate by sending beam group information.
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号为定位参考信号识别信息第二列表中的定位参考信号。Optionally, the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
可选地，所述预定义规则包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the predefined rules include at least one of the following:
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号属于同一个资源集合或同一发送波束组或同一优先级的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一测量信息大于第一阈值信息的定位参考信号，其中，所述第一阈值信息是预定义的；The target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
其中，所述第一定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Wherein, the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的定位参考信号；RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal;
首径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP;
参考径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP;
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号的数目根据以下至少之一确定：Optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的相邻发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束组中的波束数目确定；Determined according to the number of beams in the transmit beam group indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束的类型确定；Determined according to the type of the transmit beam indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一请求信息中指示的特定的定位参考信号数目确定；Determined according to the specific number of positioning reference signals indicated in the first request information;
根据预定义的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of predefined transmit beams;
根据预定义的相邻发送波束的数目确定。Determined according to a predefined number of adjacent transmit beams.
可选地，所述与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam includes at least one of the following:
与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束角度信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的波束索引信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the beam index information of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束组信息相同的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal that is the same as the transmit beam group information of the first positioning reference signal;
所述第一定位参考信号的定位参考信号识别信息第一列表中的定位参考信号。The positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal identifies the positioning reference signal in the first list.
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号时，定 位参考信号的识别信息顺序和发送波束的顺序被配置为相同或一一对应。Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information, the identification information of the positioning reference signal The order and the order of transmit beams are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence.
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为以下至少之一时，定位参考信号的发送时间顺序和发送波束的顺序相同或一一对应：Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is at least one of the following, the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal is the same as or in a one-to-one correspondence with the transmission beam sequence:
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号。A positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，测量和/或上报的所述目标定位参考信号的数目与所述特定的定位参考信号的数目相同。Optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of the specific positioning reference signals.
可选地，所述确定模块131通过以下至少之一的方式确定目标定位参考信号：Optionally, the determining module 131 determines the target positioning reference signal in at least one of the following ways:
所述目标定位参考信号为发送波束角度信息属于所述发送波束角度范围内的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
所述目标定位参考信号为第一测量信息大于所述第二阈值信息的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号识别信息对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息相同的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组相同的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the specific positioning reference signal transmission beam group;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束优先级相同的定位参考信号。The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
MAC CE；MAC CE;
DCI；DCI;
NPRRa消息。NPRRa message.
可选地，所述定位装置130还包括：Optionally, the positioning device 130 further includes:
第一接收模块，用于接收网络侧下发的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。The first receiving module is configured to receive first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether it is necessary to report the first measurement information of adjacent beams.
可选地，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，并在additional measurement中上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；reporting the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的识别信息和第一测量信息；reporting first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则在additional measurement中只需上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement. - measurement information;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位 参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes target positioning other than the first positioning reference signal. The first measurement information of the reference signal.
可选地，所述定位装置130还包括：Optionally, the positioning device 130 further includes:
第一上报模块，用于向网络侧上报设备能力信息，所述能力信息包括以下至少之一：A first reporting module, configured to report device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
是否支持测量特定的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of specific positioning reference signals;
是否支持上报特定的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting of the first measurement information of a specific positioning reference signal;
是否支持测量相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of positioning reference signals corresponding to adjacent transmit beams;
是否支持上报相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting the first measurement information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmit beam;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号识别信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through the positioning reference signal identification information;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号发送时间和/或接收时间指示相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmission beam through the positioning reference signal transmission time and/or the reception time;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束索引信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam index information;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束组信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam group information;
是否支持网络侧通过优先级信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through priority information, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
支持的相邻波束的指示方式；Indication of supported adjacent beams;
支持测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目。Number of adjacent beams supported for measurement and/or reporting.
是否支持定位参考信号的天线切换；Whether to support antenna switching of positioning reference signals;
支持定位中天线切换的发送端口数；The number of transmit ports that support antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的发送次数；Supports the number of transmissions for antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的映射方式。Supports the mapping method of antenna switching in positioning.
可选地，确定目标定位参考信号包括：若指示给所述终端的需要测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目大于所述终端的设备能力，根据定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息确定测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号。Optionally, determining the target positioning reference signal includes: if the number of adjacent beams that need to be measured and/or reported to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, determining the measurement according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource. and/or the reported target positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述定位装置130还包括：Optionally, the positioning device 130 further includes:
第二接收模块，用于接收网络侧下发的第二辅助信息，根据所述第二辅助信息，接收网络侧发送的定位参考信号，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The second receiving module is configured to receive the second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receive the positioning reference signal sent by the network side according to the second auxiliary information, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式；The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching;
其中，发送端口数表示发送一个定位参考信号资源使用的端口数，发送次数表示一个定位参考信号发送时机下最多可以发送的定位参考信号资源个数，每次发送在不同的符号上进行发送，每次发送使用的发送端口不能完全相同。The number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity. The send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
可选地，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置包括：X个发送端口数和Y次发送。Optionally, a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0. Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes: the number of X transmission ports and the number of Y times of transmission.
可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or, the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes at least one of the following:
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中的M个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；M positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are mapped to each transmission;
L个定位参考信号资源集合中的N个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中A个定位参考信号资源的B个重复映射到各次发送；B repeated mapping of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set to each transmission;
C个定位参考信号资源集合中的D个定位参考信号资源的E个重复映射到各次发送；E repetitions of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
其中，各次发送对应的端口各不相同，M,L,N,A,B,C,D,E均为大于0的整 数。The ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
可选地，Optionally,
若定位参考信号资源的个数和发送次数相等，则每个定位参考信号资源对应到每次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is equal to the number of times of transmission, each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数大于发送次数，则前Y个定位参考信号资源对应Y次发送，之后的定位参考信号资源每Y个重复对应Y次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is greater than the number of times of transmission, the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数小于发送次数，则发送次数和定位参考信号资源个数相同。If the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
可选地，每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应同一个接收波束，所述同一个接收波束包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam, and the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
接收同步信号块SSB对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the synchronization signal block SSB;
接收PDCCH或PDSCH对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the PDCCH or PDSCH;
所有目标定位参考信号中RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receive beam of the reference signal with the largest RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
所有目标定位参考信号中首径RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receiving beam of the reference signal with the largest first-path RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
与发送信道探测用参考信号SRS的发送波束对应的接收波束；a receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam for transmitting the channel sounding reference signal SRS;
与发送PUCCH或PUSCH的发送波束对应的接收波束。The receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that transmits the PUCCH or PUSCH.
可选地，所述定位装置130还包括：Optionally, the positioning device 130 further includes:
第二上报模块，用于上报每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应的接收波束信息，包括以下至少之一：The second reporting module is configured to report the receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
接收波束索引；receive beam index;
终端方向信息；terminal direction information;
终端旋转信息；terminal rotation information;
接收波束角度信息。Receive beam angle information.
本申请实施例中的定位装置可以是装置，具有操作系统的装置或电子设备，也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端，也可以为非移动终端。示例性的，移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器 (Network Attached Storage，NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、电视机(television，TV)、柜员机或者自助机等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system, or an electronic device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位装置能够实现图5的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 5 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
请参考图14，本申请实施例还提供一种定位装置140，包括：Referring to FIG. 14, an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 140, including:
第一发送模块141，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：The first sending module 141 is configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
接收模块142，用于接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The receiving module 142 is configured to receive first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams.
可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
NRPPa消息。NRPPa message.
可选地，所述网络侧设备还包括：Optionally, the network side device further includes:
第二发送模块，用于向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。The second sending module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether it is necessary to report the first measurement information of adjacent beams.
可选地，所述网络侧设备还包括：Optionally, the network side device further includes:
第三发送模块，用于向终端发送第二辅助信息，所述第二辅助信息包括 以下至少之一：The third sending module is configured to send second auxiliary information to the terminal, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式；The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching;
其中，发送端口数表示发送一个定位参考信号资源使用的端口数，发送次数表示一个定位参考信号发送时机下最多可以发送的定位参考信号资源个数，每次发送在不同的符号上进行发送，每次发送使用的发送端口不能完全相同。The number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity. The send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
可选地，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。Optionally, a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
可选地，所述网络侧设备还包括：Optionally, the network side device further includes:
接收模块，用于接收所述终端上报的所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；a receiving module, configured to receive the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal reported by the terminal;
所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：The first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
RSRP信息；RSRP information;
相位信息；phase information;
首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
首径相位信息；first path phase information;
参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
首径的参考信号时间差RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
首径的到达时间TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the arrival time of the first path;
参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
本申请实施例提供的定位装置能够实现图8的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 8 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
请参考图15，本申请实施例还提供一种定位装置150，包括：Referring to FIG. 15, an embodiment of the present application further provides a positioning device 150, including:
第一发送模块151，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：The first sending module 151 is configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
和/或and / or
第二发送模块152，用于向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The second sending module 152 is configured to send first auxiliary information to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams.
可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表 为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is the identification information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the beam adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
NPRRa消息；NPRRa message;
MAC CE；MAC CE;
DCI。DCI.
本申请实施例提供的定位装置能够实现图9的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The positioning apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in FIG. 9 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
如图16所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备160，包括处理器161，存储器162，存储在存储器162上并可在所述处理器161上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备160为终端时，该程序或指令被处理器161执行时实现上述由终端执行的定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备160为LMF时，该程序或指令被处理器161执行时实现上述由LMF执行的定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备160为基站时，该程序或指令被处理器161执行时实现上述由或基站执行的定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 16, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 160, including a processor 161, a memory 162, and a program or instruction stored in the memory 162 and executable on the processor 161, for example, the communication When the device 160 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161, each process of the above-mentioned embodiment of the positioning method executed by the terminal can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 160 is an LMF, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161, each process of the above-mentioned embodiment of the positioning method executed by the LMF can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 160 is a base station, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 161, each process of the above-mentioned positioning method embodiment executed by the base station can be implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端，包括处理器和通信接口，处理器用于确定目标定位参考信号；确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：预定义规则；网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的，上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, where the processor is configured to determine a target positioning reference signal; determine first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the target positioning reference signal The first measurement information is used to determine the terminal location information; wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following methods: a predefined rule; the first auxiliary information sent by the network side, the The first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam; the first request information sent by the network side is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地，图17为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。该终端170包括但不限于：射频单元171、网络模块172、音频输出单元173、 输入单元174、传感器175、显示单元176、用户输入单元177、接口单元178、存储器179、以及处理器1710等中的至少部分部件。Specifically, FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application. The terminal 170 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 171, a network module 172, an audio output unit 173, an input unit 174, a sensor 175, a display unit 176, a user input unit 177, an interface unit 178, a memory 179, and a processor 1710, etc. at least part of the components.
本领域技术人员可以理解，终端170还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池)，电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1710逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图17中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定，终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置，在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 170 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 1710 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
应理解的是，本申请实施例中，输入单元174可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)1741和麦克风1742，图形处理器1741对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元176可包括显示面板1761，可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板1761。用户输入单元177包括触控面板1771以及其他输入设备1772。触控面板1771，也称为触摸屏。触控面板1771可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备1772可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the input unit 174 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1741 and a microphone 1742. Such as camera) to obtain still pictures or video image data for processing. The display unit 176 may include a display panel 1761, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 177 includes a touch panel 1771 and other input devices 1772 . The touch panel 1771 is also called a touch screen. The touch panel 1771 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 1772 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which are not described herein again.
本申请实施例中，射频单元171将来自网络侧设备的下行数据接收后，给处理器1710处理；另外，将上行的数据发送给网络侧设备。通常，射频单元171包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 171 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and then processes it to the processor 1710; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device. Typically, the radio frequency unit 171 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器179可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器179可主要包括存储程序或指令区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序或指令区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器179可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储 器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。 Memory 179 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 179 may mainly include a storage program or instruction area and a storage data area, wherein the stored program or instruction area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like. In addition, the memory 179 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, wherein the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. For example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid state storage device.
处理器1710可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选地，处理器1710可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序或指令等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1710中。The processor 1710 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1710 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs or instructions, etc. Modem processors mainly deal with wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 1710.
其中，处理器1710，用于确定目标定位参考信号；以及，确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；The processor 1710 is configured to determine the target positioning reference signal; and, determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, the first The measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
预定义规则；predefined rules;
网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
在本申请实施例中，通过预定义规则、网络侧配置和/或网络侧请求，指示终端测量和/或上报哪些目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息更有利于提高定位精度，使得UE能够确定更优的定位参考信号，上报这些定位参考信号的第一测量结果，从而使得AoD的精度能够提高。In this embodiment of the present application, through predefined rules, network side configuration and/or network side requests, the terminal is instructed to measure and/or report which target positioning reference signal first measurement information is more conducive to improving positioning accuracy, so that the UE can determine For better positioning reference signals, the first measurement results of these positioning reference signals are reported, so that the accuracy of AoD can be improved.
可选地，所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
RSRP信息；RSRP information;
相位信息；phase information;
首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
首径相位信息；first path phase information;
参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述第一预编码矩阵信息用于确定角度信息，包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, including at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
首径RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
预编码矩阵索引；precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引；adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引；wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引；narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first-path RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP。First-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index.
可选地，所述相邻预编码矩阵通过以下方式中的至少之一指示：Optionally, the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following manners:
通过预编码矩阵索引指示；Indicated by the precoding matrix index;
通过预编码矩阵对应的角度指示。It is indicated by the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix.
可选地，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information further includes at least one of the following:
首径的参考信号时间差RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
首径的到达时间TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the arrival time of the first path;
参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
可选地，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
可选地，所述基站侧天线信息还包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the base station side antenna information further includes at least one of the following:
面板信息；panel information;
面板内的天线信息；Antenna information in the panel;
面板内的天线间距；Antenna spacing within the panel;
终端设备角度信息；Terminal device angle information;
天线虚拟化信息；Antenna virtualization information;
校准信息；calibration information;
波束角度误差信息；Beam angle error information;
相位误差信息。Phase error information.
可选地，所述第二预编码矩阵信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
窄带预编码矩阵池；narrowband precoding matrix pool;
宽带预编码矩阵池；Wideband precoding matrix pool;
过采样参数；oversampling parameter;
DFT系数。DFT coefficients.
可选地，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；The first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；a first list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；The first list of identification information of the three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal;
所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；the second list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；a second list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表。The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
可选地，所述发送波束角度信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmit beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束水平角度；Transmit beam horizontal angle;
发送波束垂直角度；The vertical angle of the transmit beam;
角度误差信息；angle error information;
角度置信度信息；Angle confidence information;
发送波束宽度信息。Send beamwidth information.
可选地，所述发送波束索引信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of the sending beam index information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向发送波束索引；Transmit beam index in the horizontal direction;
垂直方向发送波束索引；Send beam index in vertical direction;
三维方向发送波束索引。3D direction transmit beam index.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束组识别信息；transmit beam group identification information;
发送波束组中的波束数目。The number of beams in the transmit beam group.
可选地，发送波束组识别信息的类型包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the type of transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
水平方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the horizontal direction;
垂直方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the vertical direction;
三维方向发送波束组识别信息。The beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
可选地，所述发送波束组信息还包括：第二定位参考信号识别信息，所述第二定位参考信号识别信息由网络侧配置，用于指示一个发送波束组的中心波束对应的定位参考信号。Optionally, the sending beam group information further includes: second positioning reference signal identification information, where the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate a positioning reference signal corresponding to a center beam of a sending beam group .
可选地，所述发送波束组信息的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner for sending beam group information includes at least one of the following:
列表方式指示；List mode instructions;
直接指示。direct instructions.
可选地，所述相邻波束的指示方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the indication manner of the adjacent beams includes at least one of the following:
通过定位参考信号ID进行指示；Indicate by positioning reference signal ID;
通过定位参考信号的发送时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the time sequence of the transmission of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号的接收时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the receiving time sequence of the positioning reference signal;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第一列表进行指示；Indicate through the first list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过定位参考信号识别信息第二列表进行指示；Indicate through the second list of positioning reference signal identification information;
通过发送波束角度信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam angle information;
通过发送波束索引信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam index information;
通过发送波束组信息进行指示。Indicate by sending beam group information.
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号为定位参考信号识别信息第二列表中的定位参考信号。Optionally, the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
可选地，所述预定义规则包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the predefined rules include at least one of the following:
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号属于同一个资源集合或同一发送波束组或同一优先级的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
所述目标定位参考信号包括第一测量信息大于第一阈值信息的定位参考信号，其中，所述第一阈值信息是预定义的；The target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
其中，所述第一定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Wherein, the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
RSRP最大的定位参考信号；RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal;
首径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP;
参考径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP;
可选地，所述目标定位参考信号的数目根据以下至少之一确定：Optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的相邻发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束组中的波束数目确定；Determined according to the number of beams in the transmit beam group indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束的类型确定；Determined according to the type of the transmit beam indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
根据所述第一请求信息中指示的特定的定位参考信号数目确定；Determined according to the specific number of positioning reference signals indicated in the first request information;
根据预定义的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of predefined transmit beams;
根据预定义的相邻发送波束的数目确定。Determined according to a predefined number of adjacent transmit beams.
可选地，所述与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam includes at least one of the following:
与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束角度信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的波束索引信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the beam index information of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束组信息相同的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal that is the same as the transmit beam group information of the first positioning reference signal;
所述第一定位参考信号的定位参考信号识别信息第一列表中的定位参考信号。The positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal identifies the positioning reference signal in the first list.
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号时，定位参考信号的识别信息顺序和发送波束的顺序被配置为相同或一一对应。Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information, the identification information of the positioning reference signal The order and the order of transmit beams are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence.
可选地，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为以下至少之一时，定位参考信号的发送时间顺序和发送波束的顺序相同或一一对应：Optionally, when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is at least one of the following, the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal is the same as or in a one-to-one correspondence with the transmission beam sequence:
与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号。A positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first request information includes at least one of the following:
发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
可选地，测量和/或上报的所述目标定位参考信号的数目与所述特定的定位参考信号的数目相同。Optionally, the number of the target positioning reference signals measured and/or reported is the same as the number of the specific positioning reference signals.
可选地，所述处理器1710，还用于通过以下至少之一的方式确定目标定位参考信号：Optionally, the processor 1710 is further configured to determine the target positioning reference signal in at least one of the following manners:
所述目标定位参考信号为发送波束角度信息属于所述发送波束角度范围内的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
所述目标定位参考信号为第一测量信息大于所述第二阈值信息的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号识别信息对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information;
所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息相同的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组相同的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the specific positioning reference signal transmission beam group;
所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束优先级相同的定位参考信号。The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：Optionally, the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
MAC CE；MAC CE;
DCI；DCI;
NPRRa消息。NPRRa message.
可选地，所述射频单元171，用于接收网络侧下发的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。Optionally, the radio frequency unit 171 is configured to receive first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether it is necessary to report the first measurement information of adjacent beams.
可选地，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，并在additional measurement中上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；reporting the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的识别信息和第一测量信息；reporting first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则在additional measurement中只需上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement. - measurement information;
上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes target positioning other than the first positioning reference signal. The first measurement information of the reference signal.
可选地，所述射频单元171，用于向网络侧上报设备能力信息，所述能力信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the radio frequency unit 171 is configured to report device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
是否支持测量特定的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of specific positioning reference signals;
是否支持上报特定的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting of the first measurement information of a specific positioning reference signal;
是否支持测量相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of positioning reference signals corresponding to adjacent transmit beams;
是否支持上报相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting the first measurement information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmit beam;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号识别信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through the positioning reference signal identification information;
是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号发送时间和/或接收时间指示相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmission beam through the positioning reference signal transmission time and/or the reception time;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束索引信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对 应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam index information;
是否支持网络侧通过发送波束组信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam group information;
是否支持网络侧通过优先级信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through priority information, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
支持的相邻波束的指示方式；Indication of supported adjacent beams;
支持测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目。Number of adjacent beams supported for measurement and/or reporting.
是否支持定位参考信号的天线切换；Whether to support antenna switching of positioning reference signals;
支持定位中天线切换的发送端口数；The number of transmit ports that support antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的发送次数；Supports the number of transmissions for antenna switching in positioning;
支持定位中天线切换的映射方式。Supports the mapping method of antenna switching in positioning.
可选地，确定目标定位参考信号包括：若指示给所述终端的需要测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目大于所述终端的设备能力，根据定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息确定测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号。Optionally, determining the target positioning reference signal includes: if the number of adjacent beams that need to be measured and/or reported to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, determining the measurement according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource. and/or the reported target positioning reference signal.
可选地，所述射频单元171，用于接收网络侧下发的第二辅助信息，并根据所述第二辅助信息，接收网络侧发送的定位参考信号，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the radio frequency unit 171 is configured to receive second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receive a positioning reference signal sent by the network side according to the second auxiliary information, where the second auxiliary information includes at least the following: one:
定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式；The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching;
其中，发送端口数表示发送一个定位参考信号资源使用的端口数，发送次数表示一个定位参考信号发送时机下最多可以发送的定位参考信号资源个数，每次发送在不同的符号上进行发送，每次发送使用的发送端口不能完全相同。The number of sending ports indicates the number of ports used to send a positioning reference signal resource, and the number of sending times indicates the maximum number of positioning reference signal resources that can be sent under a positioning reference signal sending opportunity. The send ports used for the second send cannot be exactly the same.
可选地，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长 度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。Optionally, a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, where the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is an integer greater than 0.
可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置包括：X个发送端口数和Y次发送。Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes: the number of X transmission ports and the number of Y times of transmission.
可选地，所述定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or, the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching includes at least one of the following:
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中的M个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；M positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are mapped to each transmission;
L个定位参考信号资源集合中的N个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
同一个定位参考信号资源集合中A个定位参考信号资源的B个重复映射到各次发送；B repeated mapping of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set to each transmission;
C个定位参考信号资源集合中的D个定位参考信号资源的E个重复映射到各次发送；E repetitions of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
其中，各次发送对应的端口各不相同，M,L,N,A,B,C,D,E均为大于0的整数。The ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
可选地，若定位参考信号资源的个数和发送次数相等，则每个定位参考信号资源对应到每次发送；Optionally, if the number of positioning reference signal resources is equal to the number of times of transmission, each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数大于发送次数，则前Y个定位参考信号资源对应Y次发送，之后的定位参考信号资源每Y个重复对应Y次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is greater than the number of transmissions, the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
若定位参考信号资源的个数小于发送次数，则发送次数和定位参考信号资源个数相同。If the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
可选地，每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应同一个接收波束，所述同一个接收波束包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam, and the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
接收同步信号块SSB对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the synchronization signal block SSB;
接收PDCCH或PDSCH对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the PDCCH or PDSCH;
所有目标定位参考信号中RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receive beam of the reference signal with the largest RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
所有目标定位参考信号中首径RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receiving beam of the reference signal with the largest first-path RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
与发送信道探测用参考信号SRS的发送波束对应的接收波束；a receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam for transmitting the channel sounding reference signal SRS;
与发送PUCCH或PUSCH的发送波束对应的接收波束。The receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam that transmits the PUCCH or PUSCH.
可选地，所述射频单元171，还用于上报每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应的接收波束信息，包括以下至少之一：Optionally, the radio frequency unit 171 is further configured to report the receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
接收波束索引；receive beam index;
终端方向信息；terminal direction information;
终端旋转信息；terminal rotation information;
接收波束角度信息。Receive beam angle information.
本申请实施例还提供一种LMF，包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口用于向终端发送以下至少之一：第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；和/或，接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。该LMF的实施例是与上述LMF执行的定位方法实施例对应的，上述LMF执行的定位方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该LMF的实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。Embodiments of the present application further provide an LMF, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal: first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams ; first request information, the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report; and/or, the first auxiliary information sent by the base station is received, and the first auxiliary information is used to configure the positioning Reference signal beam related information. The embodiment of the LMF corresponds to the embodiment of the positioning method executed by the above-mentioned LMF, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the embodiment of the positioning method executed by the above-mentioned LMF can be applied to the embodiment of the LMF, and can achieve the same technology Effect.
本申请实施例还提供一种基站，包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口用于向终端发送以下至少之一：第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；和/或，向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。该基站的实施例是与上述基站执行的定位方法实施例对应的，上述基站执行的定位方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该基站的实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。An embodiment of the present application further provides a base station, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is configured to send at least one of the following to a terminal: first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams ; first request information, the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report; and/or, the first auxiliary information sent to the LMF, the first auxiliary information is used to configure the positioning Reference signal beam related information. The embodiment of the base station corresponds to the embodiment of the positioning method executed by the base station, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the embodiment of the positioning method executed by the base station can be applied to the embodiment of the base station, and can achieve the same technology Effect.
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图18所示，该网络设备180包括：天线181、射频装置182、基带装置183。天线181与射频装置182连接。在上行方向上，射频装置182通过天线181接收信息，将接收 的信息发送给基带装置183进行处理。在下行方向上，基带装置183对要发送的信息进行处理，并发送给射频装置182，射频装置182对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线181发送出去。Specifically, an embodiment of the present application further provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 18 , the network device 180 includes: an antenna 181 , a radio frequency device 182 , and a baseband device 183 . The antenna 181 is connected to the radio frequency device 182 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 182 receives information through the antenna 181, and sends the received information to the baseband device 183 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 183 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 182 , and the radio frequency device 182 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 181 .
上述频带处理装置可以位于基带装置183中，以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置183中实现，该基带装置183包括处理器184和存储器185。The above-mentioned frequency band processing apparatus may be located in the baseband apparatus 183 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband apparatus 183 , where the baseband apparatus 183 includes a processor 184 and a memory 185 .
基带装置183例如可以包括至少一个基带板，该基带板上设置有多个芯片，如图18所示，其中一个芯片例如为处理器184，与存储器185连接，以调用存储器185中的程序，执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 183 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which a plurality of chips are arranged, as shown in FIG. 18 , one of the chips is, for example, the processor 184 , which is connected to the memory 185 to call a program in the memory 185 to execute The network devices shown in the above method embodiments operate.
该基带装置183还可以包括网络接口186，用于与射频装置182交互信息，该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，简称CPRI)。The baseband device 183 may further include a network interface 186 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 182, and the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI for short).
具体地，本发明实施例的网络侧设备还包括：存储在存储器185上并可在处理器184上运行的指令或程序，处理器184调用存储器185中的指令或程序执行图9所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network-side device in this embodiment of the present invention further includes: instructions or programs that are stored in the memory 185 and run on the processor 184, and the processor 184 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 185 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 9 . The implementation method and achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质可以是非易失的，也可以是易失的，所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application further provide a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium may be non-volatile or volatile, and a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and the program or instruction is stored in the readable storage medium. When the processor executes, each process of the foregoing positioning method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品被存储在非瞬态的存储介质中，所述计算机程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, where the computer program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the computer program product is executed by at least one processor to implement each process of the foregoing positioning method embodiment, And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘 等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiment. The readable storage medium includes a computer-readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述定位方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement each of the foregoing positioning method embodiments process, and can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外，需要指出的是，本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能，还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能，例如，可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法，并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外，参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, herein, the terms "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof are intended to encompass non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device comprising a series of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such a process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element qualified by the phrase "comprising a..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes the element. Furthermore, it should be noted that the scope of the methods and apparatus in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing the functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing the functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in the reverse order depending on the functions involved. To perform functions, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to some examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，空调器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method of the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products that are essentially or contribute to the prior art, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk , CD-ROM), including several instructions to make a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的， 本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments, which are merely illustrative rather than restrictive. Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the scope of protection of the purpose of this application and the claims, many forms can be made, which all fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (57)

  1. 一种定位方法，包括：A positioning method comprising:
    终端确定目标定位参考信号；The terminal determines the target positioning reference signal;
    所述终端确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，所述第一测量信息用于确定终端位置信息；determining, by the terminal, first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, where the first measurement information is used to determine terminal location information;
    其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
    预定义规则；predefined rules;
    网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
    参考信号接收功率RSRP信息；Reference signal received power RSRP information;
    相位信息；phase information;
    首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
    首径相位信息；first path phase information;
    参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
    参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
    与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
    与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
    与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
    与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
    第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一预编码矩阵信息用于确定角度信息，包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 2, wherein the first precoding matrix information is used to determine angle information, comprising at least one of the following:
    RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
    首径RSRP最大的预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
    RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
    首径RSRP最大的带宽预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the bandwidth precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
    RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest RSRP;
    首径RSRP最大的窄带预编码矩阵的索引；The index of the narrowband precoding matrix with the largest first-path RSRP;
    预编码矩阵索引；precoding matrix index;
    预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
    预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the precoding matrix index;
    相邻预编码矩阵索引；adjacent precoding matrix index;
    相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
    相邻预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent precoding matrix index;
    宽带预编码矩阵索引；wideband precoding matrix index;
    宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
    宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first path RSRP corresponding to the wideband precoding matrix index;
    相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
    相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
    相邻宽带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；the first-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent wideband precoding matrix index;
    窄带预编码矩阵索引；narrowband precoding matrix index;
    窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
    窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP；The first-path RSRP corresponding to the narrowband precoding matrix index;
    相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引；Adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
    相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的RSRP；RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index;
    相邻窄带预编码矩阵索引对应的首径RSRP。First-path RSRP corresponding to the adjacent narrowband precoding matrix index.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的定位方法，其中，所述相邻预编码矩阵通过以下方式中的至少之一指示：The positioning method according to claim 3, wherein the adjacent precoding matrix is indicated by at least one of the following ways:
    通过预编码矩阵索引指示；Indicated by the precoding matrix index;
    通过预编码矩阵对应的角度指示。It is indicated by the angle corresponding to the precoding matrix.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 2, wherein the first measurement information further comprises at least one of the following:
    首径的参考信号时间差RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
    参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
    其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
    首径的到达时间TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the arrival time of the first path;
    参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
    其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
    首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
    参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
    其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
    其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
    定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
    定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
    相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
    基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
    第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述基站侧天线信息还包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the base station side antenna information further includes at least one of the following:
    面板信息；panel information;
    面板内的天线信息；Antenna information in the panel;
    面板内的天线间距；Antenna spacing within the panel;
    终端角度信息；terminal angle information;
    天线虚拟化信息；Antenna virtualization information;
    校准信息；calibration information;
    波束角度误差信息；Beam angle error information;
    相位误差信息。Phase error information.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述第二预编码矩阵信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the second precoding matrix information includes at least one of the following:
    窄带预编码矩阵池；narrowband precoding matrix pool;
    宽带预编码矩阵池；Wideband precoding matrix pool;
    过采样参数；oversampling parameter;
    离散傅里叶变换DFT系数。Discrete Fourier Transform DFT coefficients.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein,
    所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the first list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
    水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；The first list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
    垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；a first list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
    三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第一列表；The first list of identification information of the three-dimensional direction positioning reference signal;
    所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表的类型包括以下至少之一：The type of the second list of positioning reference signal identification information includes at least one of the following:
    水平方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；the second list of identification information of the horizontal positioning reference signal;
    垂直方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表；a second list of vertical positioning reference signal identification information;
    三维方向定位参考信号识别信息第二列表。The second list of three-dimensional orientation reference signal identification information.
  10. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述发送波束角度信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the transmission beam angle information includes at least one of the following:
    发送波束水平角度；Transmit beam horizontal angle;
    发送波束垂直角度；The vertical angle of the transmit beam;
    角度误差信息；angle error information;
    角度置信度信息；Angle confidence information;
    发送波束宽度信息。Send beamwidth information.
  11. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述发送波束索引信息的类型包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the type of the transmission beam index information includes at least one of the following:
    水平方向发送波束索引；Transmit beam index in the horizontal direction;
    垂直方向发送波束索引；Send beam index in vertical direction;
    三维方向发送波束索引。3D direction transmit beam index.
  12. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述发送波束组信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the transmit beam group information includes at least one of the following:
    发送波束组识别信息；transmit beam group identification information;
    发送波束组中的波束数目。The number of beams in the transmit beam group.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的定位方法，其中，发送波束组识别信息的类型包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 12, wherein the type of the transmission beam group identification information includes at least one of the following:
    水平方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the horizontal direction;
    垂直方向发送波束组识别信息；Send beam group identification information in the vertical direction;
    三维方向发送波束组识别信息。The beam group identification information is sent in the three-dimensional direction.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的定位方法，其中，所述发送波束组信息还包括：第二定位参考信号识别信息，所述第二定位参考信号识别信息由网络侧配置，用于指示一个发送波束组的中心波束对应的定位参考信号。The positioning method according to claim 12, wherein the transmission beam group information further comprises: second positioning reference signal identification information, the second positioning reference signal identification information is configured by the network side and used to indicate one transmission beam group The positioning reference signal corresponding to the center beam of .
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的定位方法，其中，所述发送波束组信息的指示方式包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 12, wherein the indication manner for transmitting the beam group information comprises at least one of the following:
    列表方式指示；List mode instructions;
    直接指示。direct instructions.
  16. 根据权利要求6所述的定位方法，其中，所述相邻波束的指示方式包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 6, wherein the indication manner of the adjacent beams comprises at least one of the following:
    通过定位参考信号ID进行指示；Indicate by positioning reference signal ID;
    通过定位参考信号的发送时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the time sequence of the transmission of the positioning reference signal;
    通过定位参考信号的接收时间顺序进行指示；It is indicated by the receiving time sequence of the positioning reference signal;
    通过定位参考信号识别信息第一列表进行指示；Indicate through the first list of positioning reference signal identification information;
    通过定位参考信号识别信息第二列表进行指示；Indicate through the second list of positioning reference signal identification information;
    通过发送波束角度信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam angle information;
    通过发送波束索引信息进行指示；Indicate by sending beam index information;
    通过发送波束组信息进行指示。Indicate by sending beam group information.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的定位方法，其中，所述目标定位参考信号为定位参考信号识别信息第二列表中的定位参考信号。The positioning method according to claim 16, wherein the target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal in the second list of positioning reference signal identification information.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述预定义规则包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the predefined rules include at least one of the following:
    所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam;
    所述目标定位参考信号包括第一定位参考信号以及与所述第一定位参考信号属于同一个资源集合或同一发送波束组或同一优先级的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；The target positioning reference signal includes a first positioning reference signal and a positioning reference signal belonging to the same resource set or the same transmit beam group or the same priority as the first positioning reference signal, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    所述目标定位参考信号包括第一测量信息大于第一阈值信息的定位参考信号，其中，所述第一阈值信息是预定义的；The target positioning reference signal includes a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than first threshold information, wherein the first threshold information is predefined;
    其中，所述第一定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：Wherein, the first positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following:
    RSRP最大的定位参考信号；RSRP is the largest positioning reference signal;
    首径RSRP最大的定位参考信号；The positioning reference signal with the largest first path RSRP;
    参考径RSRP最大的定位参考信号。The positioning reference signal with the largest reference path RSRP.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述目标定位参考信号的数目根据以下至少之一确定：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the number of the target positioning reference signals is determined according to at least one of the following:
    根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
    根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的相邻发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of adjacent transmit beams indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
    根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束组中的波束数 目确定；Determined according to the number of beams in the transmit beam group indicated in the first auxiliary information or the first request information;
    根据所述第一辅助信息或第一请求信息中指示的发送波束的类型确定；Determined according to the type of the transmit beam indicated in the first assistance information or the first request information;
    根据所述第一请求信息中指示的特定的定位参考信号数目确定；Determined according to the specific number of positioning reference signals indicated in the first request information;
    根据预定义的发送波束的数目确定；Determined according to the number of predefined transmit beams;
    根据预定义的相邻发送波束的数目确定。Determined according to a predefined number of adjacent transmit beams.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的定位方法，其中，所述与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 18, wherein the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam comprises at least one of the following:
    与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束角度信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission beam angle information of the first positioning reference signal;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的波束索引信息相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the beam index information of the first positioning reference signal;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的发送波束组信息相同的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal that is the same as the transmit beam group information of the first positioning reference signal;
    所述第一定位参考信号的定位参考信号识别信息第一列表中的定位参考信号。The positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal identifies the positioning reference signal in the first list.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的定位方法，其中，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为与所述第一定位参考信号识别信息相邻的定位参考信号时，定位参考信号的识别信息顺序和发送波束的顺序被配置为相同或一一对应。The positioning method according to claim 20, wherein when a positioning reference signal corresponding to a transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is a positioning reference signal adjacent to the first positioning reference signal identification information , the sequence of the identification information of the positioning reference signal and the sequence of the transmission beams are configured to be the same or in a one-to-one correspondence.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的定位方法，其中，当与所述第一定位参考信号发送波束相邻的发送波束对应的定位参考信号为以下至少之一时，定位参考信号的发送时间顺序和发送波束的顺序相同或一一对应：The positioning method according to claim 20, wherein when the positioning reference signal corresponding to the transmission beam adjacent to the first positioning reference signal transmission beam is at least one of the following, the transmission time sequence of the positioning reference signal and the transmission beam The same order or one-to-one correspondence:
    与所述第一定位参考信号的发送时间相邻的定位参考信号；a positioning reference signal adjacent to the transmission time of the first positioning reference signal;
    与所述第一定位参考信号的接收时间相邻的定位参考信号。A positioning reference signal adjacent to the reception time of the first positioning reference signal.
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the first request information includes at least one of the following:
    发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
    第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
    特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
    特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
    相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的定位方法，其中，通过以下至少之一的方式确定目标定位参考信号：The positioning method according to claim 23, wherein the target positioning reference signal is determined by at least one of the following methods:
    所述目标定位参考信号为发送波束角度信息属于所述发送波束角度范围内的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose transmission beam angle information belongs to the transmission beam angle range;
    所述目标定位参考信号为第一测量信息大于所述第二阈值信息的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal whose first measurement information is greater than the second threshold information;
    所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号识别信息对应的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal corresponding to the specific positioning reference signal identification information;
    所述目标定位参考信号为特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息相同或相邻的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same or adjacent transmission beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组相同的定位参考信号；The target positioning reference signal is the same positioning reference signal as the specific positioning reference signal transmission beam group;
    所述目标定位参考信号为与特定的定位参考信号的发送波束优先级相同的定位参考信号。The target positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal with the same priority as the transmission beam of the specific positioning reference signal.
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
    LTE定位协议LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LTE positioning protocol LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
    NR定位协议NRPPa消息；NR positioning protocol NRPPa message;
    媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE；Media access control layer control unit MAC CE;
    下行控制信息DCI。Downlink control information DCI.
  26. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein, further comprising:
    所述终端接收网络侧下发的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。The terminal receives the first indication information delivered by the network side, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported.
  27. 根据权利要求1或26所述的定位方法，其中，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1 or 26, wherein reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal comprises at least one of the following:
    上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，并在附加测量additional measurement中上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；reporting the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal, and reporting the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal in the additional measurement additional measurement;
    上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的识别信息和第一测量信息；reporting first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal, where the measurement reporting group includes identification information and first measurement information of target positioning reference signals other than the first positioning reference signal;
    上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则在additional measurement中只需上报除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Report the first measurement information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, only the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal other than the first positioning reference signal needs to be reported in the additional measurement. - measurement information;
    上报第一定位参考信号的第一测量信息和测量上报组信息，若网络侧指示了需要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息，则所述测量上报组中包括除第一定位参考信号以外的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息。Report the first measurement information and measurement reporting group information of the first positioning reference signal. If the network side indicates that the first measurement information of the adjacent beam needs to be reported, the measurement reporting group includes targets other than the first positioning reference signal. First measurement information of the positioning reference signal.
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein, further comprising:
    所述终端向网络侧上报设备能力信息，所述能力信息包括以下至少之一：The terminal reports device capability information to the network side, where the capability information includes at least one of the following:
    是否支持测量特定的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of specific positioning reference signals;
    是否支持上报特定的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting of the first measurement information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    是否支持测量相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the measurement of positioning reference signals corresponding to adjacent transmit beams;
    是否支持上报相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号的第一测量信息；Whether to support reporting the first measurement information of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmit beam;
    是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号识别信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through the positioning reference signal identification information;
    是否支持网络侧通过定位参考信号发送时间和/或接收时间指示相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to the adjacent transmission beam through the positioning reference signal transmission time and/or the reception time;
    是否支持网络侧通过发送波束索引信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam index information;
    是否支持网络侧通过发送波束组信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam by sending beam group information;
    是否支持网络侧通过优先级信息指示特定和/或相邻发送波束对应的定位参考信号，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Whether to support the network side to indicate the positioning reference signal corresponding to a specific and/or adjacent transmit beam through priority information, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    支持的相邻波束的指示方式；Indication of supported adjacent beams;
    支持测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目；the number of adjacent beams supported for measurement and/or reporting;
    是否支持定位参考信号的天线切换；Whether to support antenna switching of positioning reference signals;
    支持定位中天线切换的发送端口数；The number of transmit ports that support antenna switching in positioning;
    支持定位中天线切换的发送次数；Supports the number of transmissions for antenna switching in positioning;
    支持定位中天线切换的映射方式。Supports the mapping method of antenna switching in positioning.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的定位方法，其中，确定目标定位参考信号包括：The positioning method according to claim 28, wherein determining the target positioning reference signal comprises:
    若指示给所述终端的需要测量和/或上报的相邻波束的数目大于所述终端的设备能力，根据定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息确定测量和/或上报的目标定位参考信号。If the number of adjacent beams to be measured and/or reported indicated to the terminal is greater than the device capability of the terminal, the target positioning reference signal to be measured and/or reported is determined according to the priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource.
  30. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein, further comprising:
    所述终端接收网络侧下发的第二辅助信息，根据所述第二辅助信息，接收网络侧发送的定位参考信号，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The terminal receives the second auxiliary information sent by the network side, and receives the positioning reference signal sent by the network side according to the second auxiliary information, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
    定位参考信号对应的发送端口数；The number of transmission ports corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
    定位参考信号对应的发送次数；The number of times the positioning reference signal is sent;
    定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
    定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
    定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
    定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式。The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的定位方法，其中，两次发送定位参考信号资源之间需要配置保护间隔Q个符号长度，其中，两次发送的定位参考信号资源在同一个时隙中传输，Q为大于0的整数。The positioning method according to claim 30, wherein a guard interval of Q symbol lengths needs to be configured between two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources, wherein the two transmissions of the positioning reference signal resources are transmitted in the same time slot, and Q is Integer greater than 0.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的定位方法，其中，所述定位参考信号的发送 端口数与发送次数的对应关系，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置包括：X个发送端口数和Y次发送。The positioning method according to claim 30, wherein the corresponding relationship between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission, or the configuration of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching comprises: the number of X transmission ports and the number of Y transmissions.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的定位方法，其中，所述定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式，或，定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 30, wherein the transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission and the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal, or the mapping mode of the positioning reference signal supporting antenna switching comprises at least one of the following:
    同一个定位参考信号资源集合中的M个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；M positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set are mapped to each transmission;
    L个定位参考信号资源集合中的N个定位参考信号资源映射到各次发送；N positioning reference signal resources in the L positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
    同一个定位参考信号资源集合中A个定位参考信号资源的B个重复映射到各次发送；B repeated mapping of the A positioning reference signal resources in the same positioning reference signal resource set to each transmission;
    C个定位参考信号资源集合中的D个定位参考信号资源的E个重复映射到各次发送；E repetitions of the D positioning reference signal resources in the C positioning reference signal resource sets are mapped to each transmission;
    其中，各次发送对应的端口各不相同，M,L,N,A,B,C,D,E均为大于0的整数。The ports corresponding to each transmission are different, and M, L, N, A, B, C, D, and E are all integers greater than 0.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的定位方法，其中，The positioning method according to claim 33, wherein,
    若定位参考信号资源的个数和发送次数相等，则每个定位参考信号资源对应到每次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is equal to the number of times of transmission, each positioning reference signal resource corresponds to each transmission;
    若定位参考信号资源的个数大于发送次数，则前Y个定位参考信号资源对应Y次发送，之后的定位参考信号资源每Y个重复对应Y次发送；If the number of positioning reference signal resources is greater than the number of transmissions, the first Y positioning reference signal resources correspond to Y times of transmission, and every Y repetition of subsequent positioning reference signal resources corresponds to Y times of transmission;
    若定位参考信号资源的个数小于发送次数，则发送次数和定位参考信号资源个数相同。If the number of positioning reference signal resources is less than the number of transmissions, the number of transmissions and the number of positioning reference signal resources are the same.
  35. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应同一个接收波束，所述同一个接收波束包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal corresponds to the same receive beam, and the same receive beam includes at least one of the following:
    接收同步信号块SSB对应的接收波束；Receive the receive beam corresponding to the synchronization signal block SSB;
    接收物理下行控制信道PDCCH或物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的接收波束；Receive the receiving beam corresponding to the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
    所有目标定位参考信号中RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receive beam of the reference signal with the largest RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
    所有目标定位参考信号中首径RSRP最大的参考信号的接收波束；The receiving beam of the reference signal with the largest first-path RSRP among all the target positioning reference signals;
    与发送信道探测用参考信号SRS的发送波束对应的接收波束；a receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam for transmitting the channel sounding reference signal SRS;
    与发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH的发送波束对应的接收波束。The receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam for transmitting the physical uplink control channel PUCCH or the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  36. 根据权利要求1所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 1, wherein, further comprising:
    所述终端上报每个目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息对应的接收波束信息，包括以下至少之一：The terminal reports receiving beam information corresponding to the first measurement information of each target positioning reference signal, including at least one of the following:
    接收波束索引；receive beam index;
    终端方向信息；terminal direction information;
    终端旋转信息；terminal rotation information;
    接收波束角度信息。Receive beam angle information.
  37. 一种定位方法，包括：A positioning method comprising:
    位置管理功能LMF向终端发送以下至少之一：The location management function LMF sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
    第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
    和/或and / or
    LMF接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The LMF receives the first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
    定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
    定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优 先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    发送波束角度范围；transmit beam angle range;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
    相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
    基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
    第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein the first request information includes at least one of the following:
    发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
    第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
    特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
    特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
    相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
    LPP消息RequestLocationInformation IE；LPP message RequestLocationInformation IE;
    NR定位协议NRPPa消息。NR Positioning Protocol NRPPa message.
  41. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein, further comprising:
    所述LMF向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否需 要上报相邻波束的第一测量信息。The LMF sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first measurement information of adjacent beams needs to be reported.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein, further comprising:
    所述LMF向终端发送第二辅助信息，所述第二辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The LMF sends second auxiliary information to the terminal, where the second auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号的使用场景；Use scenarios of positioning reference signals;
    定位参考信号对应的发送端口数；The number of transmission ports corresponding to the positioning reference signal;
    定位参考信号对应的发送次数；The number of times the positioning reference signal is sent;
    定位参考信号的发送端口数与发送次数的对应关系；The correspondence between the number of transmission ports of the positioning reference signal and the number of times of transmission;
    定位参考信号的发送端口、发送次数和定位参考信号的映射方式；The transmission port of the positioning reference signal, the number of times of transmission, and the mapping method of the positioning reference signal;
    定位参考信号支持天线切换的配置；The positioning reference signal supports the configuration of antenna switching;
    定位参考信号支持天线切换的映射方式。The positioning reference signal supports the mapping method of antenna switching.
  43. 根据权利要求37所述的定位方法，其中，还包括：The positioning method according to claim 37, wherein, further comprising:
    所述LMF接收所述终端上报的目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；receiving, by the LMF, the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal reported by the terminal;
    所述第一测量信息包括以下至少之一：The first measurement information includes at least one of the following:
    RSRP信息；RSRP information;
    相位信息；phase information;
    首径RSRP信息；First path RSRP information;
    首径相位信息；first path phase information;
    参考径RSRP信息；Reference path RSRP information;
    参考径相位信息；Reference radial phase information;
    与参考径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information from the reference path;
    与参考径的相位差值信息；Information about the phase difference with the reference path;
    与首径的RSRP差值信息；RSRP difference information with the first path;
    与首径的相位差值信息；Phase difference information with the head path;
    第一预编码矩阵信息。First precoding matrix information.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一测量信息还包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 43, wherein the first measurement information further comprises at least one of the following:
    首径的参考信号时间差RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；Reference signal time difference RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the first path;
    参考径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of the reference path;
    其他径的RSTD信息或RSTD差值信息；RSTD information or RSTD difference information of other paths;
    首径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the first path;
    参考径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of the reference path;
    其他径的TOA信息或TOA差值信息；TOA information or TOA difference information of other paths;
    首径的接收发送时间差Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息First path receiving and sending time difference Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information
    参考径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of the reference path
    其他径的Rx-Tx timing difference信息或Rx-Tx timing difference差值信息；Rx-Tx timing difference information or Rx-Tx timing difference difference information of other paths;
    其中，所述其他径是除首径或参考径之外的径。Wherein, the other diameters are diameters other than the first diameter or the reference diameter.
  45. 一种定位方法，包括：A positioning method comprising:
    基站向终端发送以下至少之一：The base station sends at least one of the following to the terminal:
    第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
    和/或，and / or,
    基站向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The first auxiliary information sent by the base station to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一辅助信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 45, wherein the first auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
    定位参考信号资源的识别信息；Identification information of positioning reference signal resources;
    定位参考信号识别信息第一列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第一列表为与定位参考信号资源发送波束相邻的波束对应的定位参考信号的识别信息；a first list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the first list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals corresponding to beams adjacent to the positioning reference signal resource transmission beam;
    定位参考信号识别信息第二列表，所述定位参考信号识别信息第二列表为发送波束相邻的定位参考信号的识别信息；a second list of positioning reference signal identification information, where the second list of positioning reference signal identification information is identification information of positioning reference signals adjacent to the transmission beam;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束角度信息；Information about the transmit beam angle corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的发送波束组信息；Send beam group information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource;
    定位参考信号资源对应的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优 先级；priority information corresponding to the positioning reference signal resource, where the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型，所述波束的类型包括以下至少之一：水平发送波束，垂直发送波束，三维发送波束；Types of transmit beams, the types of beams include at least one of the following: horizontal transmit beams, vertical transmit beams, and three-dimensional transmit beams;
    相邻波束的指示方式；Indication method of adjacent beams;
    基站侧天线信息；Base station side antenna information;
    第二预编码矩阵信息。Second precoding matrix information.
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息包括以下至少之一：The positioning method according to claim 45, wherein the first request information includes at least one of the following:
    发送波束角度范围；Transmit beam angle range;
    第一测量信息的第二阈值信息；second threshold information of the first measurement information;
    特定的定位参考信号识别信息；Specific positioning reference signal identification information;
    特定的定位参考信号数目；A specific number of positioning reference signals;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束索引信息；transmit beam index information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的发送波束组信息；The transmit beam group information of a specific positioning reference signal;
    特定的定位参考信号的优先级信息，所述优先级包括测量和/或上报优先级；Priority information of a specific positioning reference signal, the priority includes measurement and/or reporting priority;
    需要测量和/或上报的发送波束的数目；the number of transmit beams to be measured and/or reported;
    相邻发送波束的数目；the number of adjacent transmit beams;
    发送波束的类型；the type of transmit beam;
    相邻波束的指示方式。Indication of adjacent beams.
  48. 根据权利要求45所述的定位方法，其中，所述第一请求信息携带在以下消息中的至少之一中：The positioning method according to claim 45, wherein the first request information is carried in at least one of the following messages:
    NPRRa消息；NPRRa message;
    MAC CE；MAC CE;
    DCI。DCI.
  49. 一种定位装置，包括：A positioning device, comprising:
    确定模块，用于确定目标定位参考信号；a determination module for determining a target positioning reference signal;
    处理模块，用于确定所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息，和/或，上报所述目标定位参考信号的第一测量信息；a processing module, configured to determine the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal, and/or report the first measurement information of the target positioning reference signal;
    其中，根据以下方式中的至少之一，确定目标定位参考信号：Wherein, the target positioning reference signal is determined according to at least one of the following manners:
    预定义规则；predefined rules;
    网络侧发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information sent by the network side, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    网络侧发送的第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新。The first request information sent by the network side, where the first request information is used to indicate the positioning reference signal or configuration update that the network side expects to report.
  50. 一种定位装置，包括：A positioning device, comprising:
    第一发送模块，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：A first sending module, configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
    第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
    和/或and / or
    接收模块，用于接收基站发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The receiving module is configured to receive first auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams.
  51. 一种定位装置，包括：A positioning device, comprising:
    第一发送模块，用于向终端发送以下至少之一：A first sending module, configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal:
    第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息；first auxiliary information, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to positioning reference signal beams;
    第一请求信息，所述第一请求信息用于指示网络侧期望上报的定位参考信号或配置更新；first request information, where the first request information is used to indicate a positioning reference signal or a configuration update that the network side expects to report;
    和/或and / or
    第二发送模块，用于向LMF发送的第一辅助信息，所述第一辅助信息用于配置定位参考信号波束相关的信息。The second sending module is configured to send the first auxiliary information to the LMF, where the first auxiliary information is used to configure information related to the positioning reference signal beam.
  52. 一种终端，包括处理器，存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，其中，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实 现如权利要求1至36任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A terminal, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, wherein the program or instruction is executed by the processor to implement the procedures as claimed in claims 1 to 1. 36 the steps of any one of the positioning methods.
  53. 一种网络侧设备，包括处理器，存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，其中，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求37至44任一项所述的定位方法的步骤；或者，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求45至48任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A network-side device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and running on the processor, wherein the program or instruction is executed by the processor to achieve as claimed in the claims The steps of the positioning method according to any one of 37 to 44; or, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the positioning method according to any one of claims 45 to 48 are implemented.
  54. 一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，其中，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至36任一项所述的定位方法，或者实现如权利要求37至44任一项所述的定位方法的步骤；或者实现如权利要求45至48任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A readable storage medium on which a program or an instruction is stored, wherein, when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the positioning method according to any one of claims 1 to 36 is implemented, or the The steps of the positioning method according to any one of claims 37 to 44; or the steps of implementing the positioning method according to any one of claims 45 to 48.
  55. 一种芯片，包括处理器和通信接口，其中，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如权利要求1至36任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，实现如权利要求37至44任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，实现如权利要求45至48任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A chip, comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or an instruction to implement the positioning method according to any one of claims 1 to 36 step, or, the step of implementing the positioning method according to any one of claims 37 to 44, or, the step of implementing the positioning method according to any one of claims 45 to 48.
  56. 一种计算机程序产品，其中，所述计算机程序产品被存储在非瞬态的可读存储介质中，所述计算机程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如权利要求1至36任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，所述计算机程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如权利要求37至44任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，所述计算机程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如权利要求45至48任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product is stored in a non-transitory readable storage medium, the computer program product being executed by at least one processor to implement any one of claims 1 to 36 The steps of the positioning method of claim 37, or the computer program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the positioning method according to any one of claims 37 to 44, or the computer program product is executed by at least one processor Steps performed to implement a positioning method as claimed in any one of claims 45 to 48.
  57. 一种通信设备，被配置为执行如权利要求1至36任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，被配置为执行如权利要求37至44任一项所述的定位方法的步骤，或者，被配置为执行如权利要求45至48任一项所述的定位方法的步骤。A communication device configured to perform the steps of the positioning method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 36, or, configured to perform the steps of the positioning method as claimed in any one of claims 37 to 44, or , configured to perform the steps of the positioning method as claimed in any one of claims 45 to 48.
PCT/CN2022/080913 2021-03-17 2022-03-15 Positioning method, terminal, and network side device WO2022194144A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110286726.6A CN115119136A (en) 2021-03-17 2021-03-17 Positioning method, terminal and network side equipment
CN202110286726.6 2021-03-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022194144A1 true WO2022194144A1 (en) 2022-09-22

Family

ID=83321717

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/080913 WO2022194144A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-03-15 Positioning method, terminal, and network side device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115119136A (en)
WO (1) WO2022194144A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116233863A (en) * 2023-05-04 2023-06-06 中国电信股份有限公司浙江分公司 Base station deployment method and device for high-precision positioning terminal
WO2024169835A1 (en) * 2023-02-17 2024-08-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and apparatus for acquiring carrier phase measurement value, first device, and lmf entity

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN118233021A (en) * 2022-12-21 2024-06-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sensing method, sensing device and communication equipment

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110769456A (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-02-07 成都华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US10715951B1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-07-14 Nokia Technologies Oy Positioning support for wireless devices such as NR-IoT devices and useful for geofencing
CN111565414A (en) * 2019-02-13 2020-08-21 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining directional positioning reference signal
WO2020193853A1 (en) * 2019-03-26 2020-10-01 Nokia Technologies Oy Measurements for on-demand positioning reference signal transmission
CN111866938A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for reporting measurement
CN111928854A (en) * 2020-08-20 2020-11-13 深圳大学 Millimeter wave indoor positioning and angle estimation method and system based on multiple access points
CN112333624A (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-02-05 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for positioning
CN112399330A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method and device based on relative angle

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104185277B (en) * 2014-09-17 2018-01-12 武汉邮电科学研究院 A kind of localization method and device based on TA and PMI
US10091609B2 (en) * 2016-03-28 2018-10-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhancing PRS searches via runtime conditions
CN114844533A (en) * 2018-04-12 2022-08-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel state information reporting method, receiving method and communication node

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110769456A (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-02-07 成都华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111565414A (en) * 2019-02-13 2020-08-21 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining directional positioning reference signal
WO2020193853A1 (en) * 2019-03-26 2020-10-01 Nokia Technologies Oy Measurements for on-demand positioning reference signal transmission
CN111866938A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for reporting measurement
US10715951B1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-07-14 Nokia Technologies Oy Positioning support for wireless devices such as NR-IoT devices and useful for geofencing
CN112333624A (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-02-05 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for positioning
CN112399330A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method and device based on relative angle
CN111928854A (en) * 2020-08-20 2020-11-13 深圳大学 Millimeter wave indoor positioning and angle estimation method and system based on multiple access points

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024169835A1 (en) * 2023-02-17 2024-08-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and apparatus for acquiring carrier phase measurement value, first device, and lmf entity
CN116233863A (en) * 2023-05-04 2023-06-06 中国电信股份有限公司浙江分公司 Base station deployment method and device for high-precision positioning terminal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115119136A (en) 2022-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022194144A1 (en) Positioning method, terminal, and network side device
KR101923262B1 (en) Methods of positioning in a system comprising measuring nodes with multiple receiving points
WO2019134555A1 (en) Positioning method, device, and system for terminal device
US9398412B2 (en) Indoor position location using docked mobile devices
KR101842565B1 (en) Access point location discovery in unmanaged networks
US20200169336A1 (en) Apparatuses and Methods for Positioning
US11782121B2 (en) Method and device for positioning utilizing beam information
WO2020063541A1 (en) Information processing method, communication device, system and storage medium
WO2022171129A1 (en) Signal parameter reporting method and apparatus, and device
WO2022233323A1 (en) Beam control method and apparatus for intelligent surface device, and electronic device
WO2022268197A1 (en) Positioning processing method, positioning reference signal sending method, apparatus, and device
WO2022077387A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022194226A1 (en) Timing error group indication method and apparatus, and user equipment and network side device
KR20220127282A (en) Positioning method and communication device
CN115812329A (en) Calibrating beam orientation errors to improve positioning
WO2022152265A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023125656A1 (en) Multi-port positioning reference signal configuration method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023125848A1 (en) Multi-port positioning reference signal measurement method and apparatus, and communication device
US20240183926A1 (en) Dynamic search window for angle of arrival estimation
WO2022237684A1 (en) Positioning processing method, terminal and network side device
WO2024131689A1 (en) Sensing method, sensing apparatus, and communication device
WO2024131690A1 (en) Sensing method and apparatus, and device
WO2023104106A1 (en) Method and apparatus for detecting reference signal, method and apparatus for configuring reference signal, terminal, and network side device
WO2024131688A1 (en) Sensing method, sensing apparatus, and communication device
WO2024140841A1 (en) Sensing methods and apparatuses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22770497

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22770497

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22770497

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 13/03/2024)